YFP 285: Cracking the Code on Home Buying Loan Options


On this episode sponsored by First Horizon, Tony Umholtz talks through the current state of the home buying market and interest rates, how to navigate the home buying loan options available, considerations for all types of buyers, and unique lending considerations.

About Today’s Guest

Tony Umholtz graduated Cum Laude from the University of South Florida with a B.S. in Finance from the Muma College of Business. He then went on to complete his MBA. While at USF, Tony was part of the inaugural football team in 1997. He earned both Academic and AP All-American Honors during his collegiate career. After college, Tony had the opportunity to sign contracts with several NFL teams including the Tennessee Titans, New York Giants, and the New England Patriots. Being active in the community is also important to Tony. He has served or serves as a board member for several charitable and non-profit organizations including board member for the Salvation Army, FCA Tampa Bay, and the USF National Alumni Association. Having orchestrated over $1.1 billion in lending volume during his career, Tony has consistently been ranked as one of the top mortgage loan officers in the industry by the Scotsman’s Guide, Mortgage Executive magazine, and Mortgage Originator magazine.

Episode Summary

This week, YFP Co-Founder & CEO, Tim Ulbrich, PharmD, welcomes Tony Umholtz, a mortgage manager for First Horizon, back to the show to discuss cracking the code on home-buying loan options. In their discussion, Tony and Tim talk through the current state of the home buying market and interest rates, how to navigate options available to all types of buyers, as well as some unique lending considerations based on commonly asked questions from home buyers. After a discussion on the current state of the market, Tony shares his comparison of the current state to where we were at the start of 2022 and makes some predictions for the rate and refinancing markets in the coming year based on the surprising results of the 2022 Consumer Price Index. The discussion then moves into the myriad of financing options available when making a home purchase and how to evaluate all of the options available. Tony shares a straightforward three-step process for home buying and then dives deep into the intricacies of home-buying loan options, their pros and cons, and which products are best suited to each situation. Tony shares various loan types and the down payment requirements for each. Tony also covers a general overview of the Pharmacist Home Loan product from First Horizon and addresses considerations for unique lending home purchases above the conventional lending thresholds, buying land or building a home, and house hacking.

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRODUCTION]

[00:00:00] T. ULBRICH: Hey, everybody. Tim Ulbrich here, and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast, where each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. 

This week, I had a chance to welcome back on the show Tony Umholtz, a mortgage manager for First Horizon, formerly IBERIABANK. During the show, Tony and I’ll talk through the current state of the home buying market and interest rates, how to navigate the numerous lending options that are available to purchase a home, and some of the unique lending considerations, including those home purchases that are above the conventional lending thresholds, those that are buying land or building a home, and those that are looking to house hack, occupying one unit and renting out the rest.

Now, before we hear from today’s sponsor and jump in on the show, I recognize that many listeners may not be aware of what the team at YFP Planning does in working one on one with more than 250 households in 40-plus states. YFP Planning offers fee-only high-touch financial planning that is customized to the pharmacy professional. If you’re interested in learning more about how working one on one with a certified financial planner may help you achieve your financial goals, you can book a free discovery call at yfpplanning.com. Whether or not YFP Planning’s financial planning services are a good fit for you, know that we appreciate your support of this podcast and our mission to help pharmacists achieve financial freedom. 

Okay, let’s hear from today’s sponsor, and then we’ll jump on to my interview with Tony Umholtz. 

Does saving 20% for a down payment on a home feel like an uphill battle? It’s no secret that pharmacists have a lot of competing financial priorities, including high student loan debt, meaning that saving 20% for a down payment on a home may take years. We’ve been on the hunt for a solution for pharmacists that are ready to purchase a home with a lower down payment and are happy to have found that option with First Horizon, previously IBERIABANK/First Horizon. 

First Horizon offers a professional home loan option, aka a doctor or pharmacist home loan, that requires a three percent down payment for a single-family home or townhome, has no PMI, and offers a 30-year fixed rate mortgage on home loans up to $647,200. The pharmacist home loan is available in all states, except Alaska and Hawaii, and can be used to purchase condos as well. However, rates may be higher, and a condo review has to be completed. 

To check out the requirements for First Horizon’s pharmacist home loan and to start the pre-approval process, visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/homeloan. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/homeloan. 

[INTERVIEW]

[00:02:34] T. ULBRICH: Tony, welcome back to the show.

[00:02:36] T. UMHOLTZ: Hey, Tim. Good to see you. Thanks for having me.

[00:02:39] T. ULBRICH: Really excited to have you as always. Really appreciate your perspective and your insights on the home buying market, on financing, on lending, and really supporting our community with the many questions that often come around this very important topic. So here we are, towards the end of 2022. It’s been a wild year, wild year all around, but especially in the home buying market. Hard to predict this one, right?

[00:03:03] T. UMHOLTZ: This was a tough one. Yeah. This has been a wild year, for sure. It really has. Interesting year. It really is. 

[00:03:09] T. ULBRICH: What are some of the trends? Obviously, our listeners are very well aware of what’s happening with interest rates. Right now, on the climb, obviously, there’s some uncertainty economically. A different day brings different headlines of what we may expect. Obviously, we just went through an election. That had some potential impacts as well. What are you seeing on the ground, as we get ready to wrap up 2022 and some of the trends heading into ‘23?

[00:03:34] T. UMHOLTZ: Well, we went – From the beginning of the year, we saw record low interest rates, and the Fed was determined, obviously, we’ve talked about this in previous podcasts, to stop inflation. That was the key driver of cycle is to kill inflation. By killing inflation, you got to slow the economy down, and that’s definitely slowed housing. There was record demand for housing. We still see good demand, and it’s interesting, though. We may have seen something shift. 

So last week, we did have the election. But the bigger data point for the economy may have been the CPI report, okay? So the Consumer Price Index came out last Thursday, and that reading was lower than economists had expected. Okay. Big shock, right? When we saw the stock market rally, we saw bonds rally, rates have improved since Thursday. We’re giving a little bit back today, but I think we could be in a trip now. 

One report does not mean, “Hey. We’re out of the woods, guys. We’re already out of the woods. It’s ready to go. Everything’s going to rip more going up.” But I do think if we continue to see this trend into 2023, rates are going to slowly fall, and we’re going to see better times ahead for the rate market. I really believe that, and we have a lot of demand on the sidelines. I’ve gotten a lot of clients reaching out to us. “Hey, we decided to rent the beginning the year because we didn’t want to get in a bidding war. We want to buy next spring.” I mean, as rates get better, you’re going to see more people come back to the housing market.

[00:05:06] T. ULBRICH: That’s what I’m interested in seeing, Tony. It feels like there’s naturally some pent up demand, and people that have been sitting on the sidelines, both on the buyer and the seller, right? You think about people who maybe they didn’t have to move but would like to move, and they’re sitting on a three percent, high twos, low threes rate, and they’re like, “Hey, I really don’t want to trade that for high sixes, sevens, wherever rates may be.” So I think there’s some pent up demand on the seller side, obviously, the buyer side. So it’ll be interesting to see where that shift is.

Our listeners know all too well the impact of those rates. Many people listening to this show, first time homebuyers or perhaps second home as well. But just a year ago, we are sitting at rates, 30-year fixed rates, hovering around three percent. Obviously, we’re now hovering closer to seven percent, a little bit north than that. Just for some round numbers, what that means is today, you can buy a $300,000 home for approximately the same monthly payment, principal and interest, that you could get a $500,000 home about this time last year. 

So a lot of people, of course, because of other financial priorities, are looking at what that monthly payment would be, and many of our listeners also looking at student loan payments perhaps starting back up in the New Year. At least lease, that’s what we know now. There’s a lot of activity in that space as well. So those are going to get folded back into the monthly budget. There’s just a lot of intersecting things coming together at one. So it’ll be interesting to see where things head into ’23. 

Tony, what makes me think, though, that if we do see and, again, obviously, we can only predict so much of what will happen, and we’ll all keep an eye on this. But if we do see rates come down some in ‘23, maybe even perhaps in the second half of ’23, I got to believe that the refinance market may pick up again. Is that fair for everyone that’s been buying here over the last six to nine months?

[00:07:02] T. UMHOLTZ: Oh, absolutely. Yeah. I anticipate we’re going to see quite a few people who have bought in the last six months be in a position where they can. I think you’re going to see rates trending better. It’s hard to say exactly where they’ll fall. But it wouldn’t surprise me by the end of next year if we see that 30-year fix closer to five percent. So if you bought a home and you’re at seven, I mean, you’re going to be able to get a two percent spread on that. I think we’ll know more as we go into the year. 

There are, and I guess some of the news here, I mean, consider one sector that’s been getting hit a lot of job cuts is the tech sector, right? It really did well during the boom there, and you’re seeing a lot of job cuts, a lot of layoffs. My industry has had a lot of layoffs. I mean, some publicly traded mortgage companies have cut like half of their staff. It’s amazing. So it’s been very tough in the real estate and mortgage industry. But at the same time, I hate to hear job losses, but those are the things that if we get into recessionary environment, the Fed will have to let off a little bit. 

The other interesting thing to look at is I’ve seen four inverted yield curves in my career. So this is 20 years I’ve been in the lending business, and we have a nice wide inverted yield curve. What that means is short-term treasury bonds or short-term bonds are yielding more than a long-term bond. So if you go to the Treasury site to buy a Treasury bond, for one year, you’re going to get 4.5 or greater today, and your Treasury is about a half point below that, maybe even more for a 10-year bond, right? It doesn’t always make sense to lock your money up longer with a lower rate. So typically, when I’ve seen that, again, nothing’s for sure. But you typically see lower rates in the future when you see that type of curve. I think that that’s going to lead to better things to come. 

But when the Fed is raising rates, and they still have a couple more – They’re going to be aggressive. We got to see what these reports come out to be because we could still see 200 basis points two percent % move higher in the Fed funds rate. What that may do, though, is widen that. Widen that inversion more. So we will see more Fed rate hikes and just what’s going to happen on the long end of the curve, and that’s where mortgages are priced. It’s more on the long end of the curve. 

I’ll add one more thing, just because some people may want to understand this. But we also have record spreads right now of mortgage bonds above treasuries. What that means is the spread that historically has been there is higher than normal. So if the 10-year Treasury is four percent, and mortgage rates are seven, they really should be [inaudible 00:09:49] to six, right? But a spread involved because the servicing value in a mortgage is no longer there. So if you’re faster, you’re not going to say, “I’m not going to pay for this right now because the odds are it’s going to refinance off my books,” right? 

So the market is dealing not only with higher rates but higher spreads. Once this stuff all comes down, we’ll get it more normalized.

[00:10:15] T. ULBRICH: Yeah. It’s interesting. Thinking a year ago, as we had a similar conversation, I don’t think either one of us would have predicted that, hey, we might see people refinancing in ‘23 at five percent, right? I mean, it’s just kind of crazy. We, obviously, saw historically low rates. Because of rates where they went up, the refi market largely dried up, and I think it’s going to be an interesting trend to watch in 2023. 

So today, we’re going to focus on the myriad of financing options that are available when making a home purchase to make sure that we’re evaluating all of our options. Of course, being informed as a buyer so that we make sure we’re getting the most bang for our buck. So I want to walk through, Tony, how you tend to think about the home buying process and getting to that point of the right loan for the right buying situation. I think this is really important, as we’ll talk about throughout the discussion whether it be rates, whether it relate to credit score, amount of down payment type of purchase decision. At the end of the day, we want to make sure we’re working with a lender that’s helping to identify and has our best interests in mind to identify a solution that’s the best fit for us. 

Step number one is we have to first know what’s the timing for the home purchase, and what’s the projected budget for the home purchase, right? So before we open up the box of the lending options and begin to work with a lender, when are we looking to potentially purchase, and what’s the budget, right? Because that’s going to help us inform what are the options that are available, of course, but also percent down payment, as we get into the different lending options, and, of course, how this fits in with the rest of the financial plan. 

Once we do that, and we’ve talked about that before on the show, so we’re not going to go into a whole lot of detail there, then we move to step number two, which is getting pre-approved. That’s the process we want to make sure that we’re, obviously, going to be eligible for a lending solution for that purchase. Tony, I think this is a place where we see folks get confused about prequalification, pre-approval, when to do this. So just tell us a little bit more, if folks are navigating this for the first time, what is pre-approval, and how is that different from the qualification process?

[00:12:27] T. UMHOLTZ: Sure. So there’s – You’ve heard of the pre-approval and the prequalification. Basically, the prequalification is just a basic – We’re running numbers, right, just based on your income level. Okay. I say proposed because we haven’t validated them with a credit report. So a prequalification is very easy. Let’s say you make $5,000 a month, and your current expenses, your car payments and your student loans, are $1,000 a month, well, then that’s your current income and debts. Now, you add the mortgage in there, and let’s say it’s 2,000 a month. Well, in that scenario, your debt-to-income ratio would be too high anyway because you’re 50% of your income. Okay. 

So a prequalification does not validate income with documentation or credit with credit report. A pre-approval is going to be – We’re going to validate your income with a pay stub or a tax return, and we’re also going to review your credit report. What mortgage lenders do is we run what’s called a tri-merge report. So a lot of consumers will say, “Hey, I’ve got a Credit Karma account, and I can see my experience score.” Well, that doesn’t always show or reflect what a lender will see, okay? So lenders pull all three bureaus, TransUnion, Equifax, Experian, and they look at all three, and they use the median score, okay? So a pre-approval is going to have your median score. We’re going to use that. We’re going to review all your debts and liabilities on the credit report to validate your income. 

It carries a lot more weight than a prequalification, and a lot of these realtors know that, and they oftentimes will not let you sometimes see the house or work with you until they have that in hand.

[00:14:06] T. ULBRICH: Typically, a pre-approval lasts for how long, as people are thinking about, “Is this something I should get?” Now, even though I might not be looking seriously for another 15, 30 days, how long does that pre-approval typically last?

[00:14:18] T. UMHOLTZ: Typically about 90 days, 90 to 120 days. One other thing too that we’re starting to do, and I think some others in the industry are doing, is we’re doing some soft polls on credit, where they don’t have a hard inquiry. So that’s something else, if it takes longer to – 

The one thing I do, and I just had this conversation this morning actually with a client, is it’s just such a big decision. I wouldn’t leave it to chance. When you’ve got a lot riding on, you slam dunk, and there’s no issues, and you have margin in your life, margin between what you’ve taken as income and what your liabilities are. It’s probably fine. But in this case that I had this morning, it was tighter than it should be, right? You should definitely make sure it’s worth the inquiry to have peace of mind and know what direction you’re going.

[00:15:07] T. ULBRICH: So at a high level, Tony, prequalification, essentially, self-reported data, pre-approval is validated information based on submitted income, paychecks, credit scores, and so forth. Okay. So if we assume that someone has done the diligence to know what the budget is and that it fits within the context of the rest of the financial plan, I always encourage folks, on the pre-approval, sometimes, especially first-time homebuyers that have been in this situation, you go from, hey, I’m just browsing to like I’m really serious. That can happen very quickly, right? I mean, it’s an exciting time. It can be an emotional time. So if you feel like there’s a high likelihood that that transition could happen quickly, then the pre-approval really allows you to be in that position to make an offer and be competitive in the market. 

Okay. So once we evaluate the purchase at the budget, then we get pre-approval. Step number three, Tony, is then we find the best loan. This is where I think folks may have heard of terms such as conventional loans, versus FHA loans, versus jumbo loans, lots of different options and solutions out there. The end of the day, though, it’s about working with the lender to determine which of these is the best fit for you based on perhaps credit score, based on down payment, based on rate. So help us understand at a high level what these options are and then, ultimately, how you as a lender are working with someone to determine what the best solution is for them.

[00:16:34] T. UMHOLTZ: Sure. So everyone’s situation is unique, right? Every application is unique. That’s one thing about lending is there’s really not too many cookie-cutter scenarios. I mean, there’s a few but there’s very – Everything has some sort of detail we have to work through. So let’s say we do the pre-approval, Tim. Once we go through the pre-approval, we’re going to determine is it – Look, are they trying to buy a jumbo loan? Do they need a jumbo loan? Are they a pharmacist or a physician or an attorney? Something that will allow us to do a unique product. First-time homebuyer program, how much cash do they have to put down? We look at all of those things, and we’re going to recommend the best product. 

When we evaluate that pre-approval, we’ll give the client, “Hey, here’s your best options based on a payment rate and down payment,” because everyone has a certain threshold. Some people, it’s, “Hey, I want the least amount of down product to avoid PMI.” Or your credit score might be in a situation where you don’t qualify for all the products, but you can – There’s another option out there that fits your needs. Then some people say, “Hey, I have all this cash to put down. I just want the best rate available.” So that’s part of the analysis of the pre-approval. We’re going to work through that, and we’re going to determine what is the best option. 

I can talk a little bit about some of the programs that are out there. There are – A lot of people have heard of FHA loans. There’s conventional loans, which are through Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. FHA and VA loans are through the government. They’re also called Ginnie Mae loans and GNMA. Those loans are backed by the federal government. Conventional loans are also backed to some decree by the government because Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are basically nationalized entities. Government-sponsored entities is what they’re called, and those loans are backed as well by the government. 

Then we have what’s called portfolio loans, which can be unique to a bank. Portfolio loans just mean that the bank holds that loan on its balance sheet as an investment. It’s not being backed by a government entity. So those are really the main types of loans that are out there. We look at – Again, nothing’s a bad loan. It’s just every – It’s whatever is the best match for that client need.

[00:18:50] T. ULBRICH: I think that’s just a really important point, Tony, because I think as folks are finding the right fit and solution of the lender they’re going to be working with, to me, this is a really important discussion of what are the options that are out there. What’s the best option available for me and that we’re not just necessarily looking at one option, whether it be because of that’s what they’re familiar with or because of how fees may be assessed on that product. But are they really understanding me as a pharmacist with this credit score, with this purchase price in mind, with this option to put down. Okay, with those chips on the table, what’s the best fit for me? Then let’s work with that, so I can get the best rate. Obviously, depending on the desire for how much they want to put down, make sure there’s alignment there. 

Now, I think one of the things I hear a lot, Tony, is pharmacists, especially first-time homebuyer pharmacists, are often leaning in an FHA loan or think that may be the best option for them. I think that’s typically because of either a lower percent down or, in some cases, they may have a lower credit score. I think that probably is a less likely scenario for pharmacists. But it may be certainly for some. But it’s typically the low down payment that they attribute to an FHA loan that they think that might be the best option. So tell us a little bit more about what are the down payment requirements and why that product typically might draw the attention of pharmacists. Perhaps it’s a fit for some. But many, it may not be the best option, despite them thinking it is. 

00:20:21 T. UMHOLTZ: That’s right. So FHA loans are extremely popular with first-time homebuyers and clients that are seeking less money down. It’s been – I’ve wrote hundreds of them in my career, and there are good programs, nothing bad about the product. I would say that most lenders, that’s what they’re going to offer, right? If they don’t have a loan like, for example, our company does because with less down, it’s not FHA. But FHA loans are excellent for no money down because it allows 3.5%, and you can get in with very little down. Rates are usually pretty good, and it’s also flexible on credit score. So for a credit score, it might be a little bumpy. It’s going to have some flexibility there and will be a good fit for some people. 

The other thing where I’ve used FHA quite a bit this year is for clients buying a multifamily. I want to touch on a few things with this. But like for a three or four-unit property, the specific county – Now, FHA loans have loan amount maxes, so there are maximum loan amounts on a county-by-county basis, and that’s throughout our country. So loan amounts are determined by that in metro area. That MSA, for example, okay? Around New York City, it’s going to have a higher four-unit threshold than maybe Columbus, Ohio, right? But you’re going to – But every area is going to be different. 

Now, so I’ll give you an example. This client bought a four-unit property. I think they spent 660,000, and they put 3.5% down and lived in one unit, okay?

[00:21:55] T. ULBRICH: Rented out three. Yeah.

[00:21:57] T. UMHOLTZ: Yeah. They had great credit. They could have qualified. But see, to do a conventional loan, right, you have to put 20% down. Okay. Now, they did have PMI. But they took 3.5% down on a four-unit property. So that’s where FHA is a great tool, right? The downsides of FHA that I find is that you’re typically dealing with PMI that can never be pulled off, okay? The loan is going to have PMI for life. That PMI is high too. So no matter what that rate is on FHA, it’s a big premium added to the monthly payment. 

The other thing is a loan limits, right. Some counties, the loan limits are going to be below. It might be 380, and you’re trying to buy a house for 475. So it’s going to limit you in what you can purchase. So those are the downsides of FHA, and that’s why we always look at the whole situation because conventional loans or it’s HomeStart loan through Freddie Mac, there’s all sorts of things that we look at. Of course, if you’re a pharmacist professional, you’re going to have options with no MI with three percent down. So there’s going to be more flexibility there in that product.

[00:23:07] T. ULBRICH: That was really my hope with this episode is that personal experience, I kind of went down this path, and I see a lot of folks come to us with questions that I think they’re often thinking conventional 20% down or FHA 3.5% down. Maybe there’s an awareness of the PMI, and maybe there’s not. But that those are the only two options that are out there, and that’s really the take home point of this episode is often there are more options, especially for pharmacists that are listening or depending on the loan size, and there may be some limitations. Yes, that low down payment of FHA loan is attractive. 

But, Tony, as you said, and I live this firsthand, our first home we bought with an FHA loan, for the exact reason that we’re talking about here, first-time home purchase. We were itching to kind of get into that home, weren’t at a place to save up to that 20%, saw the 3.5% option that was presented to us by the lender as the preferred option. I did know a PMI and what it was, but I did not know it was PMI that could not go away. I specifically remember getting a loan-to-value ratio. I think we’re – As we started to pay it off after five, six, seven years, we got that down into the mid-70s, 75%. 

I remember calling the lender of like, “Hey, all right. Time to get rid of PMI,” and it was like not so much. By the way, you paid the PMI upfront, and I was like, “Oh, okay.” So lesson learned, but I think that’s a really important takeaway that not all PMI, private mortgage insurance, is the same. Of course, the PMI rates can be different. Correct me if I’m wrong, on a conventional loan, if someone doesn’t put down 20% and they have PMI, there is an option for that PMI to fall off, but not an FHA loan, correct?

[00:24:52] T. UMHOLTZ: That’s right. Yeah. Conventional is very flexible. So if you’ve paid it for two years, you can actually have your house reappraised. If you think it appreciated and you paid down the equity, you can get the PMI pulled off. The other interesting thing too is let’s say you were to use a conventional loan and you put five percent down, you have PMI, but you sell your home, let’s say, and you get 15%, or you have additional equity, and you can put that down that same year, you can a lot of times get it pulled off immediately. There’s a lot more flexibility with conventional mortgages, for sure. Yeah. 

[00:25:28] T. ULBRICH: Just quick definition on PMI, for those that are going through this for the first time, so PMI, private mortgage insurance, is essentially allowing the lender to feel – You’re paying an insurance premium as what I’ve always interpreted as a foreclosure risk, right? So if I only have 3, 5, 7 percent down, it’s not a full 20% that you’d see in a conventional loan, then I’m a higher risk to the lender, if something were to happen that we were unable to make a payment, that I’m going to have to pay insurance for not having a larger down payment. Is that accurate, Tony?

[00:26:02] T. UMHOLTZ: That’s exactly right. Yeah. So there’s a set – Like conventional mortgages, for example, they have a set amount that the lender is – So up to 80% LTV, as an example. But above that, that additional equity is uninsured. So the lender could lose that, right? The investor can lose that. That’s why they have IP. 

With FHA, it’s a government-pooled program, but they collect that premium to pay for it. Frankly, they have some of the most highest losses in the industry. So that’s why that premium is charged to help keep the program going.

[00:26:38] T. ULBRICH: The other thing, Tony, I don’t know if this is just my experience, but we’re going to go sell our home, our first home, and we made the move to Columbus. We did it for sale by owner. I’m not sure I’d ever do that again, by the way. The buyer was using an FHA product, and it felt like the inspection requirements. I remember specifically the person who’s doing the inspection, and they wanted to come back and look at something. They referenced the fact that because it was an FHA loan, it was a more rigorous inspection requirement, and that was kind of annoying to deal with as a seller. 

So number one, is that an accurate statement? Two, is that a potential barrier for a buyer in a competitive market? If I’m selling a home, and I’ve got five competitive offers, and four of those are not an FHA loan, and one of those are, that I would rather deal with one of the non-FHA loans.

[00:27:29] T. UMHOLTZ: That’s a great point, Tim, and that’s exactly right. FHA loans are definitely more stringent on the inspection. But the appraisal is much more in depth. The other thing too, if you’re a seller, this is great for sellers, is that report on that appraisal. So let’s say your buyer applied for an FHA loan and he decides, “You know what? I’m not going to buy this house.” The appraisal that was done, that case number that was opened, any other client that comes to buy, any sort of potential buyer that comes to buy, they have to use that appraisal for six months.

[00:28:05] T. ULBRICH: So you know it.

[00:28:06] T. UMHOLTZ: Yeah. There are some things that get – FHA does have some downsides. VA can be even more stringent, veteran administration loans. As far as protecting the veteran, there’s some closing costs called non-allowables that the veteran cannot pay. So if you’re a seller, these are just things you should know and ask your real estate agents about. But also, the roof has to be in very good condition, government–backed loans. So there’s little nuances like that as a seller that you have –

[00:28:34] T. ULBRICH: Yeah. Certainly, not to say there’s not a place for FHA loans. You mentioned you’ve written many of them. I think I’m harping on it because it’s one that I experienced that I didn’t know there was other options out there like a pharmacist home loan, and it’s a question we commonly get. So I want to make sure that folks are aware of the options. 

It’s interesting, you mentioned one of the more strategic uses of that loan, which we’ve heard of as well, which is when it comes to buying something like a triplex or a quad, someone who’s looking at doing a little bit of real estate investing, while also living in that triplex or quad, that you can use an FHA loan. Get into an investment property with as little as 3.5% down. We’ve talked about that before, that concept of house hacking on the podcast. I would point people to episode 130. We had Craig Curelop on from BiggerPockets. I think that’s a really interesting concept for many pharmacists, they might want to consider. 

Tony, let’s talk about the pharmacists home loan product because despite the work that we’ve done over the last few years, I still find a lot of folks that are maybe not familiar with what that is, or they hear the terms doctor loans that are out there and have searched for those and come to find out that pharmacists are excluded from that product. So what is the pharmacist home loan product that is offered through First Horizon in terms of who’s eligible down payment and how it differs from the options we were just talking about?

[00:30:01] T. UMHOLTZ: Sure. So the product for pharmacists is – In a loan amount, it will likely change a little bit. Currently, right now, we’re writing them up to about 700,000. But that that could change in the New Year. But that’s currently where we’re writing up to. So it’s not something you could go buy a $2 million house on, but it does give you some bandwidth there. But basically, it’s a limited down payment option, still with strong rates. If you’re a first-time homebuyer, a pharmacist could put three percent down and have no PMI. If you’ve owned a home before, you can put five percent down. That program is allowed on single-family homes, townhomes, and condominiums. It’s able to finance across the property types that are out there, even do a duplex up to – It’ll do 15% down on a two-unit duplex, and it’s typically 20% down for a three or a fourplex. That’s why that FHA loan can be better for someone that’s looking to buy a multifamily. 

The other thing that I find that’s unique about it is a lot of times, my clients are putting 20% down who are not pharmacists, get a little worse rate than 5% down pharmacists. So anyway, that’s not to say rates change all the time. I mean, you are very cautious about talking about rates. But that is one trend I find as pricing still very good. There is no prepayment penalty as well. So if the market does shift, and it’s in a more favorable position in a year or two, you can always refinance without a penalty. 

Also, there’s not steep reserve requirements, and that’s significant because a lot of these programs out there for doctors, attorneys, professionals, they require you have reserves, and not having reserves is a big piece. So you could – If you have your five percent down payment and just enough for closing costs, you really don’t need to have a steep amount of reserves on hand to qualify, where some programs require six months of mortgage payments, which is pretty hefty.

[00:32:05] T. ULBRICH: So three percent down, no PMI, first-time homebuyer. Five percent down, no PMI, if they’re not a first-time homebuyer. I like to think about this, Tony, as kind of the best of both worlds of an FHA and a conventional loan, in terms of not having to put 20% down but trying to get rates that are competitive. If you were – Or you mentioned in some cases may even be more competitive and currently available in all states, except Hawaii and Alaska still, correct?

[00:32:34] T. UMHOLTZ: That’s right. That’s right. Haven’t spun for the licensing area. 

[00:32:38] T. ULBRICH: We’ll get there. 

[00:32:39] T. UMHOLTZ: Maybe soon.

[00:32:41] T. ULBRICH: Credit score is one thing we didn’t mention. Minimum credit score is 700. Or has that changed?

[00:32:45] T. UMHOLTZ: It’s still 700. That’s correct. That’s correct.

[00:32:48] T. ULBRICH: Again, another option here to put in the mix. Many pharmacists we see, obviously, as you mentioned, there is a maximum loan amount. So if you’re looking at a million, 2 million dollar home, obviously, this product may not be the right fit. But I would say for the vast majority of pharmacist homebuyers, often wanting to get into the home, maybe aren’t yet at that point of 20% down, I would highly encourage you to check out this product. You can go to yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. Again, yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. You’ll see more information there, where you can learn more and get connected with us, and we’ll make sure you get in touch with Tony. 

All right, let’s shift gears and wrap up by talking about specific scenarios or I guess some of the common questions that we get, where folks may be wondering, well, what about this, right? Once of those is coming off the pharmacist homeowners, “Hey, Tony. I’m a pharmacist interested in that pharmacists home loan product, but I’m looking at a purchase price that’s north of 700, 715, whatever that requirement may be at.” So at that point, what options are you typically evaluating for pharmacists that are above that lending threshold?

[00:33:56] T. UMHOLTZ: Great question. Again, everybody’s situation is different. So we’ve had – There’s a myriad of programs available for loans above that threshold, and some have as little as 10% down, which can be a good fit. I find that a lot of – It’s interesting right now, Tim. A lot of the contracts I’m getting have been above a million lately. It used to be split and I don’t – We seem to be getting quite a few of those. 

Now, a lot of those folks have money to put down, so a lot of them are doing 20% down. But there are options with 10%. For medical doctors, will do nothing down to a million five. So it just depends on who you are and what your occupation is. But just for someone that doesn’t have a – Let’s say they’re a pharmacist or just a business owner. We could still do 10% down, typically up to $2 million. So options out there for that. 

The other thing too is depending on where you’re buying, the Fannie Mae loan limits, for example, Freddie Mac loan limits, in different parts of the country vary. So there are some areas that are almost $900,000 for three, five percent down right. Conventionally, that was mostly in California, New York City area. There’s that, but Northern Virginia. But you’re getting a – We always look at the loan limits because there could be just normal conventional products that can be a fit. 

But we have quite a few jumbo programs. We have jumbo programs we hold on a balance sheet, and that’s a bank, right? So where banks who can hold – We do have jumbo loans [inaudible 00:35:29] balance sheet. Then we have loans through other institutions too, mortgage REITs that we can write as well. So there’s a lot of different options out there.

[00:35:38] T. ULBRICH: Again, another example of kind of find that lender that will help you look at multiple options that are available. Tony, next question I think that may be coming up is I’m looking at the current market of interest rates. We had a discussion at the beginning of the show of perhaps we see those come down in 2023. So some folks might be thinking about does this time period warrant looking at an adjustable rate mortgage. I think that when rates were where they were a year ago, this may not have made a whole lot of sense. But is this option becoming more viable? What is an ARM product, if you could explain that a little bit further, and how folks can evaluate this?

[00:36:20] T. UMHOLTZ: Sure, sure. So right now, with this inverted yield curve, ARMs are making more sense. Now, ARMs are – ARM programs, I’ll talk about this, and I’ll talk about qualifying for them. So the most common ARMs that you have out there are really, truly hybrid ARMs. They’re not adjusting to the market right now. Most funds we offer doing are not – You’re not in the market, adjusting on a monthly basis right now. You are actually fixed for 3, 5, 7, or 10 years. Those are typically the most common in the industry, and that’s what we offer. So a 3-year ARM, 5-year ARM, 7-year ARM, 10-year ARM. 

What that means by 3, 5, 7, and 10 is that the rate is fixed for that period of time. So a three-year ARM is rate fixed rate for three years, and then it can adjust after that, and it’s still a 30-year loan. These are all 30-year loans with a 30-year amortization. But they’re going to adjust after that fixed period. So typically, a 3-year ARM will have a better rate than a 10-year ARM because you’re only locking for 3 years to 10 years. 

These loans are great because I think most buyers are not in their home 30 years anyway. Especially in the 10-year, it gives you flexibility. The rates are better than fixed rates. So there’s a lot of good things with the ARMs right now, and we are seeing an influx of them. We’re writing. Especially on the higher-end buyers, I find that a lot of them want the ARMs versus a fixed. The downsides of the ARMs are they typically aren’t going to be available through any conventional product, right? So Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, FHA, VA, there’s no ARM to speak of. The secondary market has shut them off. So the only way to get an ARM product is typically through a bank. They’re going to hold on their balance sheet. Okay. So you’re not going to be able to get that through a government sponsor. But ARMs are great. I really do like them. 

Now, I will say – I’m going to mention this because no one knows for sure in the future, right? There’s a lot of people floating out there, this 2-1 buydown. If you really pull this 2-1 buydown apart, you’re paying for all this buydown interest. So you’re paying for it. There’s a good chance you can refinance anyway, and long-term fixed rate is higher than what you could get if you just locked in a fixed rate. So you got to be really careful and understand the fine print that’s out there. So I’m seeing a lot of those out there right now.

[00:38:46] T. ULBRICH: Can you explain that one a little bit further, Tony, the 2-1 buydown?

[00:38:49] T. UMHOLTZ: Yes. So what’s happening now is a lot of lenders are offering what’s called a 2-1 buydown. So let’s say they offer you a 30-year fixed rate at 7%. But what they’ll do is they’ll charge you interest to buy the rate down by two percentage points. Let’s say you’re paying 5% year one. Year two, you’re paying 6%. Then the life of the loan after that, you’re paying seven. But you’re paying the interest, right? Either they charge it – Most of the time that I see it, it’s being charged to the client directly. The other times, oh, the seller will pay it. Well, you’re still paying it, right? The seller would lower the price of the home if you ask them. 

That’s usually how it’s worked. I’m not a huge fan of it because you can probably get 6.625 on a 30-year fixed versus seven, if you just lock the 30-year in for life. The only reason I say this is what if rates don’t go down? You never know. We think and based upon history. It looks like it’s going to happen. But what if it’s stubborn, right? Inflation goes back up. It takes a few more years or whatever. That would be the benefit to that, and that’s good to have the fixed rate. So just something to consider. The 2-1 buydown is very common out there right now. It’s marketed a lot by mortgage companies, and you just have to understand the fine print.

[00:40:09] T. ULBRICH: Great stuff. Thanks for the explanation. Then finally, anything unique. So if somebody is thinking about building a home or buying land to eventually build a home on, any unique considerations from a lending perspective that they need to be thinking about?

[00:40:24] T. UMHOLTZ: Yeah, definitely. So there’s a couple ways that works when you’re building a home. You either go buy a lot that a builder owns, and you sign a contract with the builder, you give them a deposit, and they build it, and you close when the home is completed, right? So a lot of the national builders, that’s how they work. You give them a 10% deposit, and you get a loan approval. I just issued one this morning for a client. They’re going to take nine months to build. They’re going to put 10% down, and we’re going to write a higher loan to value, and they’re going to actually going to get some of that money back when they close. 

That is a typical – That’s called as an end loan, right? The builder will build it on their credit line, and then you just close when the home is completed. Okay. That’s the first option. The second option is what’s called a construction to permanent loan. What that is, you’re actually building the home. You’re constructing the home with a loan. This is a much more complex transaction. It requires a much stronger borrower because, typically, you’re putting down at least 20% down in that scenario, and you’re buying the land, and you’re building. 

Sometimes, you buy the land first, you got to get a lot loan, and then you have your plans and specs and your agreement with the builder. You’re combining both of those together to build a home, and that’s called a construction to permanent home loan. It’s typically the only way to build a custom home on a lot that you picked out or you own, okay? So that’s something that is much more complex, but it’s something that we do a fair amount of it. It’s just a – So basically, in that situation, Tim, you’re going to pay incremental interest on draws paid to the builder, okay? So if the builder says, “I’m going to need five draws to build your home,” each time the lender pays a draw to the builder, there’s going to be interest calculated, simple At the end, you just convert to your permanent loan. 

We lock the rate up front. Some lenders do. Some don’t. But that’s basically the premise of how it works, and you want a construction to permanent loan because it’s a single one-time close. 

[00:42:25] T. ULBRICH: Tony, another example of where the value of the relationship comes in with the lender and, obviously, someone who’s been down whatever path you’re going down. I think that’s what excites me so much about our collaboration and relationship over the last few years. If you’ve worked at a lot of pharmacists and a lot of scenarios, first-time home buy, non-first-time home buy, investment property, house hacking, buying land, building their own property. It’s someone that we can put a face to a name, and we have an opportunity to connect with and ask questions, which I know many of our listeners do. 

So super grateful, as always, for your time and your contribution to the community. Again, folks can learn more about First Horizon, our collaboration, and get in touch with you by going to yourfinancialpharmacist.com/home-loan. I would also point people, we’ll link to this in the show notes, just a couple of months ago, Tony and I did an FAQ episode on financing options, commonly asked questions. That was episode 271, for those that are going to be going through this process here in the near future. 

Tony, as always, thanks so much. I really appreciate your time.

[00:43:29] T. UMHOLTZ: Yeah. Thanks for having me, Tim. Great being with you. Have a good one.

[00:43:33] T. ULBRICH: Thank you. 

[END OF INTERVIEW]

[00:43:34] T. ULBRICH: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. 

Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts, and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist, unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward-looking statements that are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. 

Thank you, again, for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week. 

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 284: Monetizing Your Clinical Expertise with Dr. Jimmy Pruitt


Dr. Jimmy Pruitt, an emergency medicine clinical specialist and entrepreneur, discusses what led him to start the Pharmacy and Acute Care University, how he monetized his clinical expertise through developing masterclasses, workshops, reference libraries, community forums, and webinars about the effective use of medications in the management of critically ill patients, how he has balanced the start and growth of his business while working full-time, and the role his business has played in helping him achieve his financial goals.

About Today’s Guest

Dr. Jimmy Pruitt is originally from Orlando, FL, and is a combination of nerd and gym funky having a background as a division 1 cornerback then turned Doctor of Pharmacy from Presbyterian College School of Pharmacy in 2017. He completed a PGY-1 Pharmacy Residency at Florida Hospital Orlando, and then went on to Grady Health System in Atlanta GA for his PGY2 Emergency Medicine Residency. Dr. Pruitt is currently an Emergency Medicine Clinical Pharmacy Specialist at the Medical University of South Carolina in Charleston, SC.

Dr. Pruitt was honored with the Excellence in Diversity from MUSC College of Pharmacy, Presbyterian College School of Pharmacy (PCSP) Alumni of the Year, and keynote speaker for the 2021 PCPS graduation. Dr. Pruitt’s professional interests include cardiac arrest, shock syndromes, trauma, hosting the #1 Emergency Medicine Pharmacy Podcast “Pharm So Hard” and operating his new pharmacy academy called Pharmacy & Acute Care University.

Episode Summary

This week on the YFP Podcast, YFP Co-Founder & CEO, Tim Ulbrich, PharmD, sits down with emergency medicine clinical specialist and entrepreneur, Dr. Jimmy Pruitt. They touch on what led Dr. Pruitt to start Pharmacy & Acute Care University, how he has scaled the business, and how entrepreneurship has moved him forward in his financial plan.

Dr. Pruitt started by answering questions presented to him by other clinicians, often looking for resources for himself and other pharmacists. Jimmy decided to start Pharmacy & Acute Care University, meeting a need in the community while monetizing his clinical expertise by providing pharmacy-related content from a pharmacist with experience. To date, Jimmy has developed masterclasses, a reference library, workshops, community forums, live seminars, literature reviews, and webinars about the effective use of medications in the management of critically ill patients. One of Dr. Pruitt’s goals for the platform is to be inclusive of healthcare providers outside of pharmacists. 

Tim and Jimmy close the interview with a conversation about balancing entrepreneurship with competing responsibilities. Jimmy shares the first steps he took to build his business, how he has formed his team behind the scenes, and how he overcame some early challenges of expanding the PACU and its offerings. Lastly, Jimmy shares some personal insight on how Pharmacy & Acute Care University helped him reach his financial goals and reframe his view of retirement.

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRODUCTION]

[00:00:00] TU: Hey everybody, Tim Ulbrich here and thank you for listening to The YFP Podcast, where each week, we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. 

This week, I had the opportunity of sitting down with emergency medicine clinical specialist and entrepreneur, Dr. Jimmy Pruitt. During the show, we discussed what led him to start the Pharmacy & Acute Care University. How Dr. Pruitt has monetized his clinical expertise through developing masterclasses, workshops, reference libraries, community forums and webinars. How he has balanced the start and growth of his business while working full time. And the role that his business has played in helping him achieve his financial goals.

Before we jump into the show, I recognize that many listeners may not be aware of what the team at YPF Planning does in working one on one with more than 250 households in 40 plus states. YFP Planning offers fee only, high-touch financial planning that is customized for the pharmacy professional. If you’re interested in learning more about how working one on one with a certified financial planner, who may help you achieve your financial goals, you can book a free discovery call at yfpplanning.com. Whether or not YFP Planning’s financial planning services are a good fit for you, know that we appreciate your support of this podcast and our mission to help pharmacists achieve financial freedom.

Okay, let’s jump into my interview with Dr. Jimmy Pruitt.

[INTERVIEW]

[00:01:20] TU: Jimmy, welcome to the show.

[00:01:21] JP: Oh, thanks for having me on. It’s definitely a pleasure to get started with this and talk to you guys a little bit more about in Your Financial Pharmacist.

[00:01:31] TU: Yeah, I’m really excited to share with the YFP community about how you’ve been monetizing your clinical expertise, a topic we’ve been talking more about on the show over the past couple of years. But first, before we get into all of that, tell me what drew you into pharmacy, where you went to school, and when you graduated?

[00:01:47] JP: Perfect. I was fortunate that in high school, I had a chemistry professor that really challenged me to think more outside of sports, because my plan A was to go to NFL, and get lucky and went to a pharmacy school that had a football program. It was great. So, I went to undergrad at Presbyterian College and went to pharmacy school at Presbyterian College, and I was fortunate that I was able to live up two my passion with pharmacy and football and really, gave me the background to want to connect with a team, to be a team leader, and to just produce something more than what I’m used to. So, that was really my background and just being good at chemistry, being good at math, and a special interest to the medications.

[00:02:29] TU: So, you graduate from Presbyterian in 2017. Tell us about the career path since then, post-graduation, residency and the initial clinical work that you’ve done.

[00:02:39] JP: After pharmacy school, I went to AdventHealth Orlando, and was able to get a very good foundation at that very large program. It’s one of the top five largest programs in the nation. From there, I really solidified me enjoying the acute care side of things, and particularly, the emergency department. Then from there, I went to Grady Health Systems in downtown Atlanta where I got to see and do more than I can ever imagine and that was just phenomenal. And more particularly, being able to see and manage those critically ill patients in a manner that most pharmacists and the laws don’t really allow them to do.

So, I really got hands on with those patients and really working with physicians, nurses and things of that nature really helped me understand my expertise. And then from there, my first job outside of residency was at Augusta University Medical Center, which is another large academic medical center that has a level one trauma center, really got my hands dirty there, and I was also still working at Grady Health Systems on my off time. So, I’ve worked quite a bit that first year and a year and a half. And as of lately, I’ve went to the Medical University of South Carolina, which is another again large center and trauma center as well, where I’m also part of the faculty at the School of Pharmacy and teaches on the acute care side of things.

[00:03:55] TU: Well, no wonder why you’re busy. Before we hit record, I asked you, “Hey, how are things going?” He said, “Busy.” It makes sense. You’ve got a lot going on and we’ll talk about the business in addition to the full time work here in a moment. But I’m going to brag on you for a moment because a lot has happened in a relatively short period of time. So, you graduated pharmacy school 2017. You did residency training, as you mentioned, PGY 1, PGY 2, and you’ve had quite a large amount of success as a new practitioner. You were honored with the Excellence in Diversity from MUSC College of Pharmacy. You were the Alumni of the Year from your alma mater, also the keynote speaker for their graduation in 2021. You’ve started a podcast, Pharm So Hard, we’ll link to that in the show notes. We’ll talk about, here today, Pharmacy & Acute Care University is really the business that you have been building to help clinicians that are wanting to improve themselves as it relates to that area of practice.

So, let’s jump into that. Tell us about when you decided to start pharmacy and acute care University. We’ll link to that site in the show notes. But it’s, pharmacy-acutecareuniversity.com. When you decided to start it and why you started it? What was the genesis and the origins for doing that?

[00:05:06] JP: Absolutely. So, the precursor to Pharmacy & Acute Care University was a thing I used to call a blog called pharmacy frothy pearls. And what it was initially, that was just a short form, a handout, it’s using front and back that really summarize a disease state or a particular topic, and many people really enjoyed that, and I was fortunate to win an essay, who’s got talent for that, but people want a little more. I kept trying to make pharmacy pros larger or more in depth, but it really didn’t – it really wasn’t what people wanted. And as I continue to build websites and continue to get more involved in the podcast, I wanted to see if there was a way for me to monetize some of this, so I can build these platforms. And really, the next step for me was to figure out a way to, okay, build something people want and go from there.

So, about last year, I was able to really go about doing things where I planned out, what would this look like? And that step for me was to be able to go for it and create a university or academies where I can build things that not only myself, but other preceptors that individuals can be a part of, and it really was something that was I just figured out, if you want a topic, let me know and I’ll ask people what they wanted. I looked online to figure out what are the disease these people are interested in, and what, I think, they’re missing, and I really start to build upon that, and it really was the thing I want to separate, being able to give people things they need from our free standpoint with my podcasts and pearls, but then be able to get a little bit more in depth and provide some more value.

[00:06:35] TU: Critical care is certainly not my area of expertise. Emergency medicine, critical care. But I know enough within the profession that this is a topic that certainly there are groups within pharmacy associations. There are large critical care organizations outside of pharmacy that are well respected, and certainly ones that clinicians go to for resources. So, what was the gap that you saw? What was the opportunity that as you looked at those other “competing resources” that were out there, that you felt like, you know what, there’s a gap here that we really have an opportunity to build something that can supplement those resources?

[00:07:09] JP: Absolutely, Tim. So, one of the things that I noticed was that, unfortunately, when you get so big that a lot of the resources are really catered to a large percentage of practitioners. And what I want you to do is figure out what are the things that I need on a day to day basis that are necessarily not there. So, some of the times, I spent a large percentage of my time collecting resources, collecting and organizing resources. And I really wanted to figure out if there was a way for me to have all that in one click, that would save me hours of time. And also, I thought about as a resident, I spent even more time trying to figure out what is actually useful? What do I actually need to read?

So, that was the first thing that came to me with the reference library within PACU, was figuring out what do I need that’s not currently there, and what I spend the majority of my time on as a resident, and then now as a preceptor. So, I started going through different aspects and figuring out is there an easier way, or a more convenient way to organize these resources? And that was like the first step to this. And then I thought myself, how can I make this more all-inclusive, so I don’t have to go to five different websites? Because what I noticed was, I would consume a ton of content, but I had to go to five or six different websites to get that information, or I had to spend a significant amount of money each time I got those things, when I only really wanted one topic or so.

So, that was the basis for me creating a platform that included all of these things, and really helped me understand that maybe there’s a niche there for me to be able to go in and talk about the things that I do, and emergency medicine as being one of the newer specialties, and really build emergency medicine outwards, and go from that, to critical care, to internal medicine. And really, I thought about all of acute care pharmacy, there are certain things that we can build for them that they’re needing, and a lot of the content I build is based off what people send me questions on and things they say that they need. So, that was really the niche that I picked up on.

[00:09:08] TU: Yeah, so valuable information to hear there. It’s one, you’re living it, as a clinician, you went through the training, you feel the pain point yourself, and then I think you mentioned a great point there as well that something that resonates with me at YFP is questions that come in. You start to see themes and repetition, you start to pick up on okay, what are the pieces of content? What are the resources that would be helpful to serve people in the community?

When I take myself back Jimmy to being in pharmacy school, which was a while ago. I graduated 2008 and I remember going through rotations and like critical care was overwhelming. It’s quickly rising, it wasn’t for me. But I remember working with a lot of critical care practitioners and I can see why the resource you’ve built is of such value to them. And you mentioned one thing already that there’s so much information, different resources that are out there, so maybe not something about well as succinct as it could be. And obviously, you’re trying to address that pain point in the academy.

I also, when I think of critical care, I think of the confidence level that’s needed among the practitioners and just the amount of information, the urgency of some of the care situations, time management, just the overall competence of the practitioner. Are those other things that you’re seeing in the community where folks that are interested in your model might be struggling with some of those areas as well?

[00:10:26] JP: Absolutely. And those ways that I’m trying to address that through our community forum, and just be able to have a conversation, because a lot of times where depending on what your practice or depending on where you’re doing your training, you may not have people that you can talk to that’s been through the scenarios that they’re training you on. The patient population may not be big on that. So, a lot of the time, we’re having mentor sessions, and we’re having one of the things I’m working on for next month, is given a class based off resources to use to save you time and organize yourself.

So, all these things, we’re looking at ways and where we can create content for people, not just on the clinical side of things, but also on the site where they are able to organize and to be able to be a little bit more confident, and maybe having one on one conversations with myself, maybe have a one on one conversations with others, and that’s where I think that we’re unique, because we’re small enough to take the needs of our clientele and say, “Okay, what else do you need?” And then I can go and use the podcast. I can go out and use all the other social media platforms that I’ve been successful on to find these people and to give them what they need.

[00:11:34] TU: When I look at your mission, Jimmy, you mentioned to empower healthcare providers with the knowledge and skills they need to provide evidence based safe care for critically ill patients. So, that terminology, healthcare providers, suggests it’s broader than pharmacists. Are you building an interprofessional platform? Is it mostly pharmacists? Tell us more about the demographic of your audience?

[00:11:53] JP: Absolutely. As of right now, the majority of our audience is going to be a pharmacist base. But again, we do have a few nurses, we do have a few physicians. And the ultimate goal is to be inclusive of everyone who utilizes pharmacotherapy to treat patients. So, the big goal, I want this to be something that everyone can use. And we have some different plans for the end of the year in early 2023, where we can provide certain solutions to a medical residency program. There’s an interesting component to where they have, at least for emergency medicine, they have a pharmacotherapy or pharmacology section within their training that needs to be marked off.

As of now, there is not a standard of how to satisfy that. So, the more and more I teach within a residency program, I have a standing position where I teach once a month to our medical residents, I’m noticing they really value that. And what if your residency program doesn’t have a pharmacist? What if you don’t have an EM pharmacist in your program? Eventually, we can get to the point to where we can provide some resources for those practitioners as well. The same thing I get from the NPs and PAs, they want more pharmacy related content from pharmacists actually practicing at the bedside. Now, I think that’s the unique component of where we’re trying to take the platform and grow this to where it can be everyone, but again, we provide you what you need, and create it in such a way that is suitable for that particular person at their time, in their training.

[00:13:20] TU: I think it’s a really interesting niche, the medical residency. Again, you’re living it, you’re teaching and working at a large academic medical center, you work with medical residents, right? So, you can design and customize curriculum and experiences in a way that you know, will be meaningful that have been tested. But to your point, not every medical residency program has access to a pharmacy practitioner. Especially, if you’re looking at something like achievement of goals and objectives within a residency program, it’s a really interesting opportunity. And to further that point, one of the unique aspects as you look at potentially marketing products and services out to residency program directors, is they’re a pretty well-defined market. You can figure out who they are and begin those communications and the network of those folks is relatively small versus blasting out the service more broadly. 

So, tell us more about Pharmacy & Acute Care University. What do you offer? You’ve mentioned a couple things with the reference library, community forum. What are the core offerings of Pharmacy & Acute Care University?

[00:14:23] JP: Absolutely. So, we have a few. Our main ones I’ve mentioned before is the reference library where again, we collect this content and save you time by putting it to where you have a quick review. So, we not only give you the guidelines and a primary articles, we can give you review articles and something that other places and other platforms haven’t included, is the podcasts and blogs that are out there, that are also pretty useful. We get all those things together because we know that our residents, we know that our physicians and PA, NP, are using those blogs. So, why don’t we look at those, examine and see if they’re useful and provide them with something that they’re going to use as well.

[00:14:59] TU: That component of that can be our master classes. This is our traditional course. I think this is something that most people are familiar with, where you go through some modules, you answer a few questions, there are some videos and different multimedia. Again, you can do on your own time, on demand class. The most popular of our platform is going to be the live seminars, and that’s basically you have a live event to where I open this up to everyone, and we can get some continuing education credit for it as well, and we those at least once a month, and that’s again, open to everyone. And then from there, if you want to get access to the slides, you want to get access to recording or continue education, that can be available inside our membership.

And lastly, something that’s new that our audience ask for was literature review. So, where we examine an article every other week, and we’re going to continue to expand this, and we break down an article based on our review. So, we read article, we provide our analysis of what it is and how to utilize that within practice, and we send you a summary of that to your email. So, if you can listen to the five to 10-minute spiel on it, you can. But if you just want to get to the bare bones, and add that to your knowledge, we have a handout that we send you every few weeks that you can just get continually updated information that’s out there in literature.

Lastly, for our more advanced practitioners, and really everyone can use this, is our patient case questions. So, we can provide you information up front, but how do you know if you really know it? Or you think I’m an advanced practitioner, I know these different things. Well, how about you test that knowledge and see if you really do and see if you can do some space retrieval and bring back some things that you highly haven’t studied in maybe a couple of months or even years. So, that’s one of the things that we’ve added on to where – this is why I call, pack you a complete, an all in one platform is simply because we can teach you something, you communicate within the community forum, but you can also test yourself and get continuing education. So, you don’t really have to leave outside of that ecosystem that we’ve created to get almost anything else. And if there is, again, I made it to where we have a wish list within our forum, to where you can put in what you want, and I work on using my network to build those things.

[00:17:10] TU: I love it. It’s such a cool example of how you’ve been able to monetize the clinical expertise, but also be able to fill a gap that’s out there and be able to serve other pharmacists and healthcare professionals with these resources. I want to dissect a little bit of what you’ve done, because I think for many that are listening that say, “Hey, I think I could monetize my clinical expertise.” And that could be building something like you’ve built it, or I’m also thinking about, a shout out to Kelley Carlstrom, at Kelley C., PharmD that has built an incredible community for oncology practitioners. Or it could be somebody that is thinking, “Hey, I want to contribute to a community that already exist.” One like Jimmy has built or one like Kelley has built. But that can be overwhelming to think about building something.

So, I’m looking at your site and you’ve described all of these products and offerings. You’ve talked about a reference library, a masterclass, community forum, live seminars, a membership feature. You’ve talked about literature reviews which you’ve launched more recently. There’s a membership component to login. You’ve talked about a podcast, a blog, a social community, there’s a lot of pieces that are there. And so, the question is not just the time investment, but also, where do I start? Where do I start?

So, if you take yourself back to the beginning of this journey, and obviously you’ve evolved and built this over time, and you have plans to continue to do so as you just mentioned, where did you start from idea to, “Hey, I just want to take one step forward on this path towards building this vision.” What were those first one or two or three steps that you took to build what is now up on the website?

[00:18:42] JP: I think the big thing, particularly when looking at Pharmacy & Acute Care University, and I call it PACU, for short. The first thing that I did was, I knew that I didn’t know much about building this platform. One of the things I did was actually reading a book called Who Not How by Dan Sullivan, and it really opened my mind. Because the first thing I did was read that book, and I realized that I didn’t have to know everything. Once I got out of that fear, it’s more of a mindset shift. So, I think the first step is just figuring out where your mindset currently is. And ask myself, “What do you want to do? Do you want to educate people? Do you want to connect with people?” For me, one of the things that I enjoyed the most was educating. It’s something that I did within residency first, with just doing the pharmacy pearls. And that was something that I just did for the Emory residence, and I just did – on a Friday, I will get a small topic and go from there. And I realized that that was something I really enjoy, and I thought to myself, if there was a way for me to bring that type of information, that feeling that I got to a wide source of people, and if I can make a business around it, would it be something I can do? And I knew at the time I didn’t know how to do that. But I read that book and it was Who Not How, then I realized, I say okay, “Who do I need to know or who knows this type of platform that I can build?” I got a podcast called The Membership Guys and they would talk about how to build their own memberships and I read a book on that. And then they walked me through step by step.

So, I think the mindset was first and then figuring out that there’s other specialists, and that’s what’s the first step for me, just reading a book. The very first step was reading a book and figuring out that I really enjoy educating. So, the book, the mindset change, and just figuring out what at the simplest level, what do you want to do? And for me, it was figuring out a way to educate and connect with people.

[00:20:40] TU: I love that, Jimmy. And the reason I asked that question, and I can remember my own journey is a lot of people will start with an idea. And if you think about this, like a visual of a roller coaster. You ride that energy high of the idea, you’ve got a solution to a problem that you see out there, and then you start to get into the weeds, right? And some people jump into WordPress, some people jump into logos, some people jump into how am I going to price my products or services or offerings, and that is typically where people get hung up, they might get lost, they might get overwhelmed. And I think the advice you give on mindset shift, and even that next step of a book, it was Who Not How by Dan Sullivan. We’ll link to that in the show notes.

But that’s one tangible step, I can read something that can evolve my thought process, it can open up my eyes to before I get into the weeds, who might help me on this journey along the way and make sure that I can keep that momentum going forward. So, my question building on that, Who Not How is as we look at PACU and what you have offered today, I’ve gotten the impression based on our conversation that it’s not just Jimmy, there’s other people that are involved in the business, whether that’s contributors, whether that’s contractors that you’ve worked with, to help you build out the site and other things. Is that fair? And if so, tell me more about the infrastructure of who’s helping you build the community that you have?

[00:21:54] JP: Absolutely. One of the things that I took my – when I first started off, I didn’t want to make this about me. Because again, at some point, I won’t be able to do all aspects of this. And it became very overwhelming when I thought I had to. So, after I read that book, I said, “Okay, who can – I need a website.” So, it’s like, “Okay, who can build a website?” I went through and looked on a free app, I looked on Fiverr, I looked at all these different platforms, and I just interviewed many different people. They got me the first person and I had a good interaction with that. So okay, how can I get more people? I did trial and error of finding different virtual assistants, finding different contributors. And I came to the point to where I said, okay, I have a basis of people who can web design and develop, and the next step was getting someone who can handle some of my more operational task. So, I hired someone on for that.

And then the next big step that I think, is not only going to help me, but I think is going to help the majority of the community is when I started getting guest writers and guest presenters to come on, and people really enjoyed that. What I start to realize is that many people, they want a platform to present. They want a platform to display what they know, because for one reason or the other, if they don’t have a certain credential, or they don’t have a certain – they didn’t go to a certain school, they may have been overlooked for these presentations, because you only have so many national conferences and ways to present, and people need it for the CV, people need it for their own conference, to be honest. So, I started reaching out and say, and ask some people on Twitter, “Hey, who will be interested in contributing to the platform?” And there’s many ways you can do it. Well, do you like to speak or not?

I noticed that there are certain people who just want to get presentations live. And then I noticed there was a group of people who they wanted to contribute, but they really didn’t want to face shown, they really didn’t want to be heard, they really don’t like their voice. I would say that, a little bit over 60% of my platform can be produced with not any voice, not with video and things of that nature, and people really took hold to that. And now, we’re to the point to where we have a rotation of probably 20 to 30 pharmacists that contribute on a platform. And that’s when things really started to take off. Because I started being more from a managerial and more operational standpoint, and being able to assign work, assign task, and really use my platform to connect with people, versus having to worry about creating the content consistently. And that’s really given me some satisfaction in my personal life. I think I’ve been able to meet more people that I wouldn’t have met if I wouldn’t have reached out to them and be contributors.

[00:24:30] TU: That’s a really important evolution in the business. Because I think that as you’re talking about here, you have 20 to 30 plus contributors, and obviously, your time is a finite resource from your sanity, as well as just hours that are in the day. But I would also argue and I think your point about, “Hey, this can’t just be about Jimmy is a really important one.” Because if you’re solving a problem and filling a need that’s out there in the market, your time was eventually going to become a rate limiting step to what you were going to be able to do in terms of the value you were going to provide to the community.

So, I think as you now building out this infrastructure of contributors, obviously, you’re able to begin to expand the work and the reach of that. Let me ask a follow up to that, and I think maybe some folks might be uncomfortable with that span and control. Yes, I get excited about the mission, and the work can move forward, and I’m not always writing them. But am I losing the potentially the quality or the span and control? How do I oversee all this? So, has that been a challenge for you? Or what have been some systems that you built to help with that?

[00:25:32] JP: Absolutely. One of the things that happened initially, I was getting some work done, and I got medical writers that can help with creating some of this content, and I noticed that it just wasn’t up to par from the advanced practitioner. And I noticed a big difference when a pharmacist create my information versus someone who wasn’t necessarily within pharmacy, or I would say, wasn’t an acute care pharmacy. And I noticed that as I’m getting ready to review this information, it was so much that I had to change and I noticed I need someone who gets it. And it’s someone who understands that and maybe the next limiting step was me editing that material.

So, one of the aspects of how I added on, I say, okay, I’m going to have to contributor who make the content, but also have a contributor who’s my editor, who edit this stuff before I see it and get it cleaner, and go back and forth from that standpoint. And that really helped quite a bit because it made me feel more comfortable with that content moving forward, versus me thinking, I had to change that, and I’m already making content as well. So, that was the big step. But it did make me feel a little uncomfortable again, because some of the things that was important to other people, other editors, wasn’t necessarily as important to me. But I realized it may be important to my audience. And that’s where it really became more prevalent that I needed to make sure I empower my editors, I empower my contributors. Because, again, they’re going to be the ones that build this platform to really be something that’s much bigger than what it currently is now.

[00:27:01] TU: So, as I hear you talk about this journey, and the work and the systems and the processes that you’re building now, I think a natural question is, Jimmy, how are you doing this? So, you’re working full time, you’re working in a large academic medical center, you mentioned a teaching component, which anyone who’s been in a shared faculty role, you know that that in and of itself can feel like more than one job. You’re teaching trainees, I suspect, medical residents, pharmacy residents, pharmacy students, medical students. So, how have you been able to balance this or maybe balance isn’t even a thing, as you’re getting it off the ground. But tell us more about the strategies that you’ve employed, to be able to work on this and move the mission forward. But also, make sure that you’re keeping yourself well throughout the journey?

[00:27:43] JP: I think one of the biggest things that came up was, I had some advice to make sure you make systems for everything. And I didn’t necessarily know what that meant, until I started building this. Because again, when you’re by yourself, you’re the system. But when you start to train other people to do a task, and you realize that you have to give very detailed instructions, or you’re going to spend more time revising things. So, I started using, again, everyone has their own productivity manager, I use the platform Click Up, and that’s where I basically have everything lived. So, everything has his own bucket. And within there, everything has their own sub tasks and different checklists to get a single task done, and I’ve worked with my assistant to where some of the more difficult tasks, I would have her go through it, but then create instructions on each step. Pictures and do think different things like that.

So, when I assign this task with someone else, they can go through and pretty easily get those things done. And once I built up a big base of that, I started using it for everything. So, even for, in my role within my course, every class have a certain lesson plan, every class have a certain setup, a certain thing that need to happen. I have made templates for emails I’m going to send. I’ve made templates for – on top of the discussions that I have. So, all these things have their own system now. And now, it’s been a couple of years where most of the – if I’ve done it two or three times, I just spend a little extra time making the system out of it, and I just use that over and over again. So now, it takes to where I can focus my time on creating new platforms and creating new systems, and all the ones I’ve done in the past, I just reuse that. It’s been phenomenal for me in saving time. And again, almost everything that I do now from the production of a podcast, from creating the conference, I’ve done it now more than once, and it’s easier for me to be able to put those things on autopilot, so to say.

[00:29:39] TU: I love that, Jimmy. I did an episode recently, 265 where we talked about – we’ll link to that in the show notes, 10 lessons learned from employed entrepreneur. And that was one of the things that I talked about, because it’s so important as you think about, again, how can this continue to grow and evolve and the question I encourage folks to think about that are beginning as a solopreneur and looking to build out some of the systems is, if you were to walk away for a month, you’re to take a break, something were to happen that you needed a month off, would the business be able to continue to go on and ideally grow in your absence? That question really forces the – okay, what are all the hats that I’m wearing, and are things documented in a manner that someone else can be trained up? And ideally, over time, people are able to take on those roles so that you can continue to move forward and grow the business.

Two books I would recommend on this concept that Jimmy is talking about here, we’ll link to these in the show notes E-Myth Revisited by Michael Gerber. Great book that talks about the concept that that Jimmy just outlined, and then Procrastinate on Purpose by Rory Vaden talks a little bit about this concept as well that I think folks may find helpful.

Jimmy, my last question for you is, given this as a financial podcast, one of the big upsides I see as a side hustle or a business, especially as people are working full time, is it allows them to supercharge and accelerate their financial goals, whether that be debt repayment, saving for the future, having some extra cash on hand, whatever be the case. So, my question is, how has developing PACU, how has that helped you reach or advance your, your financial goals that you’re working on?

[00:31:14] JP: Absolutely. I think one of the big things is during this same timeframe reading and develop myself for this, I’ve learned where it’s the best to place money and how to have money work for you. And the biggest things as additional income start come again, I realized that, okay, I could really look to something to where it can not only supplement income, but potentially with greater success, being able to kind of take over part of that. So, it’s really helped me – the ideal of retirement has completely changed my mind. It used to be an age, but now it’s a number.

So, when I talk to my family, and I talk to everyone around me, there’s a certain number that I had to get to per month, to where I feel that I’ll be comfortable enough to not be full time anymore. I know what that number is, for part time. I know what that number is for 0.75 FTE, and it’s really changed my mindset. So, the biggest benefit to me is understanding that not only can money work for me in other aspects that will benefit from PACU, but it also, is going to allow me more time to spend time with family, to travel, do things of that nature. So, it’s actually given me a different approach to what retirement looks like, and really, to feel comfortable in that space. So, that’s the big thing for me, is spending more time with family, and change the mindset from when to and what that number looks like.

[00:32:35] TU: It’s great stuff, and I think as you talk about, it’s a number, not an age. We’ve talked about that on the show, and one, it gets me excited for your journey is not only is it about being able to spend more time with your family and friends and enjoy the experiences you want, but also connecting to our conversation just a moment ago, because you’re building the systems and processes on where it will go, the mission of what you’re working on, because you’re going to have other folks that are involved. And so, as you’re spending more time with family and friends, and enjoying those experiences, the company, the mission, the work, can still advance, even in your absence. So, this has been awesome. So excited for you, Jimmy and what you have a future in your community. We’ll link again to the PACU website. Where is the best place that listeners can go to find you and to follow your journey?

[00:33:20] JP: I think Twitter is going to be the best place to catch me, where I’m the most active, @PharmD_intheED. That’s where I spend a decent amount of my time. Again, if you’re interested in the PACU platform, we have platforms on all the social media, so LinkedIn, YouTube, Twitter, Facebook, all those things we have platforms there. So again, I’ll be aware of any information that’s coming into those platforms, and Twitter is probably the easiest place to catch me. Again, @PharmD_intheED.

[00:33:47] TU: Awesome. Thank you so much, Jimmy for taking time to come on the show. I appreciate it.

[00:33:51] JP: Tim, it has been an absolute pleasure. Again, we follow you guys for a while and this is something that again, it’s really, I’m looking forward to.

[00:33:57] TU: Thank you

[OUTRO]

[00:33:58] TU: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and it is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. 

Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog post and podcast is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analysis expressed herein are solely those of your financial pharmacist unless otherwise noted and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward looking statements, which are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. 

Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 283: How to Optimize Your Tax Situation with Sean Richards, CPA


YFP Director of Tax, Sean Richards, CPA, EA, talks about how to optimize your tax situation as a pharmacist. He discusses tax basics that every pharmacist should know, the critical distinction between tax planning and tax preparation, and how to prepare for the year-end to put yourself in the position to have a headache-free tax season. 

About Today’s Guest

Sean Richards, CPA, EA, received his undergraduate degree in Corporate Finance and Accounting, as well as his Master of Accountancy, from Bentley University in Waltham, MA. Sean has been a Certified Public Accountant (CPA) since 2015 and received his Enrolled Agent certification earlier this year. Prior to joining the YFP team, Sean was the Senior Treasury Manager at PRA Group, a global debt buyer based in Norfolk, VA. He began his career at American Tower Corporation where, over 10 years, he held several positions in audit, treasury, and accounting. As the Director of YFP Tax, Sean focuses on broadening the company’s existing tax planning and preparation operations, as well as developing and launching new accounting offerings, including bookkeeping, payroll, and fractional CFO services.

Episode Summary

This week on the YFP Podcast, YFP Co-Founder & CEO, Tim Ulbrich, PharmD, welcomes YFP’s Director of Tax, Sean Richards, CPA, to the show to discuss optimizing your tax situation as a pharmacist. During the show, they cover areas for optimization, including tax basics that every pharmacist should know regardless of their income or stage of career. The discussion covers basic tax terminology, the federal income tax formula, and why we don’t have a better understanding of tax fundamentals in general. Sean explains AGI (Adjusted Gross Income), how to calculate AGI, an overview of deductions and credits, and how they differ in their impact on your tax picture. Sean takes a moment to explain the difference between marginal and effective tax rates, how bunching charitable donations can impact tax optimization and the triple tax benefits that exist with HSA Accounts. Sean details the distinction between tax planning and tax preparation with a comparison that listeners will enjoy. The discussion leads to common tax strategies that many pharmacists currently employ to optimize their financial situation and things to look out for to avoid common mishaps and mistakes with tax. Sean answers a question on the Inflation Reduction act, providing examples of tax benefits that listeners might take advantage of, and closes out the episode with ways to prepare for the year’s end and put yourself in a position to have a headache-free tax season. 

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRO]

[00:00:00] TU: Hey, everybody. Tim Ulbrich here, and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast, where each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. 

This week, I had the pleasure of welcoming YFP Director of Tax, Sean Richards, onto the show to talk about how to optimize your tax situation as a pharmacist. During the show, we discuss tax basics that every pharmacist should know, regardless of income or stage of career, the important distinction between tax planning and tax preparation, some common tax strategies that pharmacists are employing to optimize their financial situation, things to be on the lookout for where there’s common mishaps and mistakes, and finally how to prepare for the year end to put yourself in the position to have a headache-free tax season. 

Now, at YFP, we know that filing your taxes and figuring out how to optimize your tax situation can be stressful and overwhelming, and that’s why YFP Tax is opening up its tax planning services to more pharmacist households this year. Unlike other firms, YFP Tax isn’t focused on just completing your return. Rather they provide value care and attention to you and your taxes. Because they work specifically with pharmacists, they are familiar with aspects of your financial plan that have an impact on your taxes like student loans, benefit packages, side hustles, and more. You can visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/tax to learn more and to join the waitlist for the 2022 filing season. Again, that’s yourfinancialpharmacist.com/tax. 

[INTERVIEW]

[00:01:29] TU: Sean, welcome to the show.

[00:01:30] SR: Thanks for having me. I’m glad to be here.

[00:01:33] TU: Excited to have you officially part of the YFP team, leading our tax team and efforts. I know some folks listening may not be aware of who is Sean and what is he doing, as it relates to the YFP team. So give us a brief intro to, Sean, some your background and the work that you’re doing with YFP Tax.

[00:01:52] SR: Sure, yeah. So I mean, I wouldn’t be surprised that people haven’t seen my face yet. But it’s crazy because I’ve only been here for about three months, and I feel like I’ve met so many people and done so many things. It’s been awesome. But, yeah, I’m Sean Richards. So I’m the Director of Tax at YFP Tax, CPA, EA, my most recent certification there. So for those who don’t know, EA is an enrolled agent. It’s the IRS certification. It kind of gives you a leg up with talking to the IRS. 

Like I said, I’ve only been with the YFP team for a few months now. I worked at a large corporate for a while. They’re doing audit, accounting, treasury, a couple of different functions there. I briefly had another job before this. But, yeah, now I’m leading the YFP Tax team. So we have some tax offerings that we focus on, sort of more direct to consumer, where we’re doing prep tax planning, some of the things we’ll be talking about during this call. 

Then we also have a completely different sort of bookkeeping, payroll, all the way up to fractional CFO services, if you’re doing more of the side business or small business type thing. So, yeah, I’m really excited to be here and be part of the team.

[00:02:55] TU: Yeah. We also are excited, grateful to have you on board. It’s been fun to see the momentum of the work that you’ve been doing in just a couple months. It feels longer than that and that’s –

[00:03:05] SR: I said the same thing but in a good way, not a bad way. It feels longer but because it’s been a lot of good fulfilling work, not in a bad way.

[00:03:12] TU: You’re going to be hearing a lot more from Sean on the podcast and webinars, probably on the blog as well. As we’ve talked about on the show many times, tax is such an important part of the financial plan, one of the reasons that we’ve brought these services in house, so we can make sure that the financial plan is humming with the tax plan. Because of that, we’re going to be focusing on even more content than we have done in the past, as it relates to tax strategy and tax planning. 

The theme of this show today is really how to optimize as a pharmacist your tax situation. Our hope is whether you’re just getting started as a new practitioner, whether you’re mid-career, whether you’re further along in your career, maybe retirements on the rise in that. Regardless, you’ll be able to take one or two things away that you can apply to your situation, right? Whether we like it or not, taxes ain’t going away, right? It’s not like student loans where we pay them off and they’re gone. This is something we need to be thinking about throughout our career and how we can optimize. As Tim Baker says, we want to pay our fair share but no more. So we’re going to talk about how we can best optimize our tax situation. 

The first thing, Sean, is really understanding the tax basics. We’re going to talk about some specific formulas and terms that we need to make sure we understand, so we can appropriately prioritize that as a part of the plan. But first off, why are most of us, myself included, deficient in our basic tax understanding, right? We should all, I feel like, have a more foundational understanding, especially since we’ve got to pay these every year. Why don’t we have that?

[00:04:45] SR: Well, we could probably have a completely separate hour-long conversation about lobbying and all sorts of things from that standpoint. But, I mean, I think it really comes down to, I mean, I’m a product of the public school system, and I didn’t learn about taxes in school. I feel like it’s something where it’s just some schools might offer basic finance classes and how to open up a credit card or something. 

But taxes is something that doesn’t really come up. It’s one of those things that you just sort of join the workforce, and all of a sudden it’s expected that you’ll know what to do. Or you’ll have a guy or your dad or somebody will have a guy who can do it for you. But, I mean, I went to a business school, and it wasn’t even until my third year or so that I even took a tax class, where you kind of get into some of this stuff. 

So it really is something that isn’t fundamental as part of the education system here. As unfortunate as that may be, that’s why I’m hoping that I can kind of give some background to folks, so they’re not completely lost when it comes to the end of the year.

[00:05:35] TU: Yeah. I don’t think it’s a super exciting topic. Even in Econ 101, like we did some fun investing games and other things. I don’t remember learning about tax. Or maybe we did, and I just zoned out. But it certainly isn’t ever present in our educational system. I’m trying to teach my boys a little bit about taxes right now, and I’m having very little success. Hopefully, Sean, maybe they’ll hear your voice and listen a little bit closer. 

Let’s start with the federal income tax formula. How do we ultimately get to the final number of what we either owe or we receive back as a refund? Why is it so important that we understand this formula?

[00:06:12] SR: One of the reasons why it’s so important is that a lot of these terms get thrown around interchangeably, or they’re used as buzzwords. You’ll be hearing car commercials, and you hear kind of REITs and all these different things thrown out there. Everything’s sort of used interchangeably. So if you don’t really understand how the basic formula works, you might misinterpret something, or you might think that somebody’s talking about something that they’re not talking about. 

The basic formula is you have your income. You take out anything that’s tax-free, so things like municipal bond interest, something like that. Then you have your gross income, so not adjusted gross income, your gross income. Then we have what we call above the line deduction. So some of those would be like IRA contributions, things like that. Those are the what we call above the line because the magic line is what gets you to that AGI. 

Once you take out those above the line deductions, you get to what I just referred to, the magic number of AGI, which is an important one, and we’ll get to it in a little bit. But, I mean, that’s something where a lot of different phase outs and things kind of come into play. So that’s a really important number to have in the back of your mind.

[00:07:13] TU: Yeah. I think if folks, Sean, can really look at their tax returns, again not super exciting, right? But if you look at the 1040, if you start to understand some of these terms, and you can visualize like these above the line types of things, all of a sudden, the strategy pieces start falling into play, correct?

[00:07:30] SR: Yeah, exactly. A lot of people just have their tax return. They hand a box to their accountant. At the end of the year, he says you owe this much, or you’re getting this much in a refund. You say awesome, shake their hand, and you’re done. But all the things I’m talking about right now, I mean, your return could be 100 pages long. But if you look at that front page, you’ll be able to see these numbers that I’m talking about to at least give you a better understanding of how some of these things work. 

Once you have your AGI, then we get into deductions. I want to be careful here because this is one of those ones that gets very often thrown around interchangeably. So deductions, which can either be itemized or the standard deduction, depending on which one’s larger in your individual circumstance, are, what, take your AGI and get you down to the taxable income. That’s what actually ends up getting multiplied by your tax rate at the end of the day. So those are things to get you to your taxable income amount. 

Then you multiply by whatever your tax rate is. So there’s marginal rates and stuff, which I’m sure we’ll talk about in a little bit. But you take your taxable income, multiply it by your tax rate, and that gets you to what you theoretically will owe or what you’ll get back. Then we get into what we call credits. Those are, again, kind of used interchangeably or often confused with deductions. 

Credits dollar for dollar reduce what you owe at the end of the day. Whereas a deduction reduces your taxable income, you’re really only saving 30%, whatever your tax rate is on that deduction amount. So if someone says, “Oh, I’ll write it off,” you’re only really saving the times your tax rate portion of that. A credit is dollar for dollar. So if you’re able to take advantage of credits, you can really have a big impact on reducing what you owe at the end of the day.

[00:09:07] TU: Awesome. So you defined well deduction versus credit. Again, as folks are listening, pull up your tax return. Again, I think as you visualize this, it starts to come to life a little bit more. Let’s break down further AGI, and then I want to come back to marginal and effective tax rates, two terms that you threw around that are important that folks have a good understanding of. 

AGI, adjusted gross income, tell us more about that in detail. This comes up all the time, right? You saw this recently with some of the debt cancellation news. What’s your AGI? We talk about it as relates to different strategies with how we invest or how we save. What is AGI and why is it so important?

[00:09:43] SR: So AGI, again, is your gross income. So that would be your income less any of the non-taxable stuff like municipal bond, just like I mentioned. Less those above the line deductions. So that would be things like student loan interest deductions, contributions to the HSAs, traditional IRAs, things like that. That’s what gets you to that AGI. Why AGI is so important is because, like you just mentioned, a lot of different policies or different credits or things like that are based on that number. So they’ll say, “Hey, you’re eligible for this credit if you’re in this AGI range. Or if you exceed this AGI, you’re no longer eligible for this credit.” 

PSLF student loan relief is a big one. So they’ll say, “Hey, you’re eligible for this if your AGI is within this range or under this amount.” So that’s why it’s really important to have that number. Of all the numbers, that’s probably the most important one to have, just sort of handy when you’re looking at these different things.

[00:10:36] TU: How about your marginal versus effective tax rates? What’s the difference and, again, why is this important to understand?

[00:10:42] SR: So marginal is – When people say tax bracket, that’s usually what they mean. They mean marginal when they’re talking about that. So that’s where you’re sitting there, and you’re saying, “Oh, I’m in the 25% tax bracket. If I make another dollar, I’m going to be in the next tax bracket. I can’t make any more money. I’m going to owe more taxes.” So it doesn’t really work out that way because for each of these different brackets, you’re being taxed at the marginal rate for that particular bracket. If you average that out, that’s your effective rate at the end of the day. If you take what you actually owe in taxes versus what your income is and do a simple mathematical equation, you get your effective rates of what you truly are paying. 

Again, when you’re looking at your marginal rate in your bracket, that’s important for things like deduction. So if you say, “Hey, if I’m going to take this deduction,” if you want to do a quick calculation of what that would be for a dollar value for you, you multiply that by your marginal rate. But if you’re really thinking about it saying, “Oh, I don’t want to make any more money. It’s going to put me into the next bracket,” you got to really think about your effective rate when it comes to something like that.

[00:11:43] TU: Yeah. Usually, we want to be careful about not making more money because of taxes, right? So if we’re making more money and we’re paying taxes, that’s not necessarily a bad thing, right? We want to –

[00:11:52] SR: It’s a good thing. 

[00:11:53] TU: It’s a good thing. 

[00:11:54] SR: Some would argue that the more money you pay in taxes, the better that you’re actually doing at the end of the day, despite what anybody would say about trying to cheat the system or anything. You tax bill shows how healthy your finances are.

[00:12:06] TU: Yeah. [inaudible 00:12:07] and I wrote a book recently that he makes an argument that your number one KPI, key performance indicator, is the amount of taxes you pay to the IRS each year. I think the point is a good one, right? Obviously, you want to optimize and be as tax-efficient as possible. But if we’re able to earn more money, we’re paying more taxes. Again, that’s not a bad thing. That’s the first bucket here, understanding the tax basics. 

The second thing, Sean, is tax planning versus tax preparation. It’s something we have talked about on the show before but I think, honestly, something we can’t talk enough about because we confuse sometimes the filing versus the actual strategic look, as it relates to the tax planning and how we can optimize that as part of the plan. I’ve heard you presented this talk before and give a really cool example of a film director and a film editor, and how that helps highlight the difference between the two, tax planning and tax preparation. Tell us more.

[00:13:01] SR: Yeah. So it’s actually kind of what you were just saying, where you want to pay your fair share. The more you pay in tax at the end of the day, whatever your tax bill is, it kind of shows that you’re doing better, right? But at the same time, you don’t want to pay more than your fair share. You don’t want to pay more than you need, just because you’re not paying attention or for whatever reason. 

The way I like to think of it is tax planning is like a film director. So film director is watching the actors. They can affect change as they go. They have kind of an idea of what they want at the end of the day. If something goes wrong, they can say, “Ah, let’s take that back. Let’s change that.” Or, “I don’t like the way that that worked. I have this other vision in my head. Let’s do that.” Whereas a film editor, equally as important in the film production process, but they’re basically getting film that’s already been recorded. They’re saying, “All right, now work your magic and make this look good.” Of course, they can do a lot. They’re professionals. They can tweak it. They can make it look beautiful. But they can’t go back and change what’s already happened in the past, right?

Even though it’s an important piece, that tax preparation piece is really only a historical look back. It’s not something where like the tax planning, the director side, you can actually make changes throughout the course of the year and have those kind of play into the final product. So that’s the way I like to look at it.

[00:14:13] TU: Yeah, especially if you think about the timeline of filing your taxes mid-April. We’re already a quarter-plus into the New Year. So even when we file – Even if at that point, we’re starting to think ahead and more strategically, we’re already beginning to put a dent in that year. So, yes, we’ve got to file, right? Or else the IRS can come knocking on our doors. But better yet, we’re doing some of the strategy, the look ahead, the planning as the year is going on, and we’re being more proactive than just the filing alone. Then we’re not only optimizing but, hopefully, also minimizing any surprises. 

[00:14:47] SR: Exactly, yeah. You don’t want surprises. You want to be able to take a look at things in the middle of the year and say, “Hey, where am I going to be come filing time? Or where am I even going to be a couple years from now down the line?”

[00:14:56] TU: I’ve seen you present on this before, where you give an example. Obviously, there’s many ways that tax planning can help optimize, but one example being around how one might bunch their charitable giving to help optimize how efficient that tax is in that given year. So talk to us a little bit further about that example. It’s just one of many examples of how someone might optimize your tax strategy.

[00:15:21] SR: That’s a perfect example to give right now because, like you just said, we’re getting towards the end of the year. So someone might say, “Well, if tax planning at this point isn’t really going to make much of a difference, maybe I’ll start next year or something.” But with something like bunching, that’s something that can be affected at the end of the year, up till the last day. So that’s something where if you’re looking at things and you’re saying, “Well, all right. I’m taking the center deduction this year, but I’m really close to being able to itemize my deductions.” So some people might just do what they’re normally going to do and just take whatever they get, whether it’s a standard deduction or itemized. 

But if you’re going to be donating to charity for an example, and you know that you want to give, say, $10,000 over the course of the next couple years, you could break that into 5,000 this year and 5,000 next year, whatever. But if you look at it and you say, “Hey. Well, what if I bring some of these charitable contributions into this year and maybe be able to take advantage of itemizing my deductions? And then in a future year maybe not give that money and take the standard deduction?” 

That’s something where you could make that donation on December 31st, and it’s effectively like given 5,000 on December 31st and given 5,000 on January 1st. But from a tax standpoint, it can make a really big impact. So that’s something where that tax planning, that directorial thing really comes into play, where if you look at those things and think about the impacts that will have down the line, even where you don’t change any of the facts and how much money you’re actually going to give, it can make a big difference.

[00:16:43] TU: That’s one tax strategy to employ a good example of where the tax planning can really be helpful the more strategic look ahead versus just the filing alone. Let’s shift into the third area here, which is common tax strategies to employ. Certainly not an exhaustive list, right? There’s many, many, many different strategies. It’s, of course, customized and individualized to one’s personal situation. But let’s talk about a few common ones that we see. Let’s start with the HAS, Sean. What is it? If folks are kind of new to that term, what are some of the tax benefits? Who qualifies, contribution limits? Give us the lowdown on the HSA.

[00:17:18] SR: HSA is great. That’s one where if I had a time machine, I’d go back and tell myself to get involved in those more. It’s something where I just didn’t really hear much about it. Or even if I did, it was something where I’d say, “Well, I’m young. I don’t have a lot of health expenses or anything. I’m not going to really worry about that.” But HSAs are great because they’re one of the few vehicles that have a triple tax benefit. So any of your contributions are going to be tax-free. The growth of those contributions will be tax free. Then when you actually go and make your distributions on it, those are tax-free. 

Basically, what it is, it’s sort of like an IRA, where you put money in, and you can take distributions on it. Until you get to retirement age, you can only use those distributions for medical expenses. But it’s something where, again, it’s just a different type of investment vehicle for you. So if you have medical expenses that you can use now, great. If not, well, maybe not great, but it’s a good way to use it. If not, then you let it grow. When you reach retirement age, you take it out. 

Anybody can contribute, as long as they’re enrolled in a high-deductible health plan. The limits are pretty similar to IRAs. I think in 2022, it’s 3,650 for individuals, and then double for married folks. There’s no limit based on how much you make. Well, there’s the limits that I just mentioned, but there’s no phase outs or anything like that. So if you make too much money, you don’t disqualify yourself, so definitely a great vehicle to take advantage of.

[00:18:41] TU: Yeah. Sean, we see this a lot with our community, I think, for good reasons. One being you just mentioned, right? So higher income professionals, especially if they have a joint household income, where they may be phased out of other opportunities, this is not one of them. Then depending on what they’re thinking of this, either use of short-term known healthcare expenses so that they can optimize and save a little bit on taxes or using it more in that long-term savings vehicle to also optimize the tax benefits. 

We’ve talked about this on the podcast before, but we’re going to keep talking about it because we still see a lot of pharmacists that aren’t taking advantage of this. Given that there’s more and more high-deductible health plans that are being offered that people are opting into because of the rising costs of health care expenses, I think we’re going to see this even more popular in the future than it is today. 

So Episode 165, we talked about the power of an HSA. We’ll link to that in the show notes. We also have a blog post, why I’m not using my HSA to pay for medical expenses. That talks more about the strategy side of using the HSA as a long-term investing vehicle. We’ll link to that blog post as well in the show notes. 

Next up, Sean, for common tax strategies is the IRA. Talk to us a little bit. We’ve covered this in detail on the show, but just traditional versus Roth and some of the strategy around the IRA side of things.

[00:19:57] SR: Yep. I won’t go too much into this because I’ve listened to the podcast before. I know it comes up often. But basically, the two differences here are your traditional IRA, your Roth IRA. So the traditional is something where your contributions you’re making now, you’re taking a tax deduction on it now. Then in the future, when you take it out, you’ll have to pay taxes on it. Roth is the opposite. So you do not get the deduction now. But then when you go to take the money out in the future, when you reach retirement age, it will be tax-free. 

With that, that one’s really one where you want to sit down with your financial planner or whoever is kind of coming up with the financial strategy and really determine where am I going to be in the future? What’s my tax bracket going to look like there versus what’s my tax bracket going to look like now? It gets into that whole planning versus preparation thing I was talking about before. So there’s a lot to unpack there. 

Like I said, similar as the HAS, so there’s a $6,000 limit. I think it goes up to 7,000 if you’re over 50. So you get a little bit of a catch up there if you’re older. But, yeah, no, just another one to take advantage of definitely. You should be making sure that with all of these, that you’re looking at what you’re – If your employer has any benefits and stuff and really try to take advantage of all these.

[00:21:01] TU: Yeah. Both of these HAS, IRA are great examples, where if the financial plan is humming with the tax plan, we can really start to think about this strategically, rather than we’re filing taxes here, and then we’re looking at the financial plan over there.

[00:21:14] SR: Yeah. It’s something that definitely should be married together. 

[00:21:16] TU: Third area, I want to talk about the common tax strategies and the Inflation Reduction Act. You and I are not here to debate whether or not the Inflation Reduction Act is actually going to reduce inflation. But rather, we’re here to talk about what are some of the opportunities and the credits that folks might be able to take advantage as a part of the Inflation Reduction Act. 

So hit us with the highlights of some of the things around the energy-efficient homes or Residential Clean Energy Credit and the Clean Vehicles Credit that folks may or may not already be aware of.

[00:21:44] SR: Yep. So I will try not to use too many of the different names for these because I know that they keep changing. So if I say it now, I’m sure by the time this airs, they’ll have some new fancy name for it. But basically, there’s three areas to highlight. So there’s sort of the more traditional home improvement type energy credit stuff. That’s things like installing new doors and windows on your house that are more energy-efficient, which is almost anything nowadays that’s coming out. But that’s something. 

So people might be familiar with the $500 lifetime credit. That’s where that used to kind of sit. Going forward, that’s going to be a $1,200 annual credit on your taxes. Remember, credits dollar for dollar reduce your taxes. So if you’re thinking – And this goes into effect next year, so something just to kind of keep in mind with planning ahead and everything. But if you’re thinking about getting some energy-efficient renovations done on your place, that’s definitely a big one to keep in mind. 

Even more on top of that, so if you’re not only thinking about, hey, let me get some new windows or something, but why don’t I throw some solar onto that or get some geothermal heating systems or anything, something like that going, so the Residential Clean Energy Credit, that recently bumped up to 30% of whatever your expenses are in that regard. Again, say you’re putting new solar panels outside. You can get a 30% tax credit on the cost to install that equipment, which is huge. 

Especially, again, if you’re planning ahead, you can maybe knock down some of your withholding. So if you know you’re going to have kind of a bigger tax bill at the end of the year, but you have this large project to offset, it’s something really to keep in mind there. Then the clean vehicles one, so there’s a lot to unpack there. I won’t get into too many of the details. But basically, they’ve expanded the credits available for buying electric vehicles or energy-efficient vehicles. 

The biggest one that I’d like to highlight there is going forward they’re actually going to start allowing a credit on previously-owned vehicles. So that’s something where in the past, you had to buy a new car, and I’m sure a lot of people want to buy a nice brand new Tesla but might not have been able to jump into that or afford it right away. So opening up that secondary market to be able to take advantage of the tax credits is going to be huge. 

There are some restrictions on that. If you’re buying a new car, definitely make sure there’s some restrictions around the car being assembled in North America and avoiding some of the mineral countries and stuff. So definitely go out and take a look. We can link to that in the show notes as well. The IRS has specific guidance on that, but those three are definitely some big areas to look forward to going forward.

[00:24:12] TU: Great stuff. I think there’s been a lot of news and potentially some confusion around that. So awesome, brief summary on what folks may be looking out for and how they can take advantage of those credits. The fourth area, as we continue this discussion on how to optimize your tax situation, is some things to be on the lookout for, perhaps some common mishaps or stumbling blocks along the way. 

The first one, Sean, may not apply to a huge percentage of our community listening, but we do have a handful of folks that work in the biopharmaceutical industry or in situations, where restricted stock units or employee stock purchase programs may be a thing, and so it’s worth talking a little bit further about. But what are some of the things that folks should be thinking about if RSUs or if ESPP does apply?

[00:25:00] SR: Yeah. So you’d be surprised. I mean, I’ve done some webinars and some speaking events. Even though it might only apply to a small percentage of people, the people who does apply to it really does kind of nail home because there’s a lot of, I don’t want to say, hidden tax confusion there. But it’s something where you’re excited you’re getting a bonus, you’re getting these restricted stock units, and you want to get in the market. People are all excited about Robinhood and everything. But you have to be careful because there might be some things that you might not be considering. 

With RSUs, you definitely want to make sure that when you’re selling your shares at the end of the day, when your shares vest, oftentimes you will actually recognize income when those shares vest. So taking a very, very quick step back, restricted stock units is usually something where a company will say, “Hey, we’re going to give you 40 shares, but it vests over a four-year period of 25% a year.” So when they vest, normally, you’ll recognize income on that. So what you want to make sure is that you’re not double counting that. When you’re going to sell those shares, make sure that that piece has been picked up already, and you’re not kind of picking it up again. 

Similarly, with employee stock purchase programs, ESPPs, another great thing to take advantage of if it exists for you, usually, what that is is a company, if you work for a publicly traded company, allowing you to buy into the company at a discount. What you want to keep in mind there is that oftentimes, when you buy it at that discount, that discounted price, say, it’s 15% of the market value, that will often come on your W2 as income as well. 

Again, it’s something else that you want to keep in mind. Make sure when you’re paying capital gains on that at the end of the day that you’re backing that piece out. They’ll often be what they call a supplemental form that comes with your 1099. So make sure that you look at that and adjust your basis or work with your accountant. I know I’m probably going over a lot of people’s heads, but make sure you find that piece of paper and give it to your accountant. So they know, hey, I need to adjust this basis and not pay additional on that income that you already were taxed for, right? You don’t want to pay twice in the same money. 

[00:26:55] TU: Yeah. This is something, Sean, we see, as you mentioned, a lot of interest and attention, especially from folks that may be doing fellowship programs or others, looking at job offers, trying to understand what do these terms mean, and then how do they strategize around them, of course, the tax considerations that you mentioned. 

The other area to talk about, as we continue discussing things to be on lookout for, cryptocurrency transactions. I know this was something that our tax team spent a lot of time on during the previous filing season. We saw rapid growth in folks that were investing in cryptocurrency, making transactions. Maybe that slowed up a little bit, just because of what’s been going on in the market. Maybe it hasn’t. But nonetheless, this is reaching more and more people out there that may be dabbling into cryptocurrency. 

So we’re not going to talk about the strategy around cryptocurrency but here specifically about some of the tax considerations. Tell us more.

[00:27:47] SR: Yeah. So the thing to keep in mind with crypto is that – And I just talked about ESPP and RSUs, and that might, to some people, sound complicated. You get into capital gains and all that stuff. Cryptocurrency, the IRS considers that to be property, just like stocks. So if you’re going to the store and you’re buying a coffee with cryptocurrency, you’re effectively, at least to the IRS, going and selling like a share, right? Then buying your coffee. So every time you do that, there’s capital gains or losses associated with it, every single transaction. 

It’s something to keep in mind. I mean, I’m not discouraging anybody or giving anybody advice on whether to use it to buy a coffee or not. But something to keep in mind at the end of the year, you’re going to have to report on each one of those transactions. Some of the crypto software out there doesn’t readily print out that stuff for you, so you might have to use a third party to do it. 

The other thing to keep in mind is that NFTs are another kind of hot topic. I know that IRS has recently – I actually think that the 1040 this year, right on the front page, is going to have a little checkbox like they did last year with crypto saying, “Hey, did you buy or dispose of any digital assets?” So something else to keep in mind, NFTs are a hot topic, but it’s something that you actually have to record all those transactions. If you had a gain, you have to pay taxes on them.

[00:29:00] TU: Yeah. I wonder if anyone at the IRS 5 years ago, 10 years ago would have predicted having questions front and center on the 1040 about cryptocurrency and NFTs. But here we are, right? So obviously, there’s a lot more attention for good reasons that’s been given to those transactions, and I would say our tax team learned a lot through the tax season last year on this, just working with clients and kind of working through some of these issues. So if cryptocurrency transactions were something that was a part of your planning, something that we may be able to assist with. 

[00:29:30] SR: Yeah, absolutely. 

[00:29:31] TU: Sean, the last thing I want to talk about here on things to be on the lookout for is something we commonly see, which is paying the right amount of tax throughout the year. Especially important for those that maybe have significant changes in income, changes in dependents, maybe for those that are earning additional income, side hustle, business. Really, what we’re talking about here is whether or not we need to adjust withholdings or set aside some money for tax throughout the year, if that’s not being taken out of our paychecks. So what are some of those considerations around estimating and being able to estimate our taxes due throughout the year, so we’re not surprised come the filing season?

[00:30:08] SR: Yeah. So this goes back to what I was saying before, where you really want to keep the whole tax planning throughout the course of the year in mind. You don’t want to commit to at the end of the year and have a large bill or have even a large refund at the end of the day. I mean, it’s always nice getting cash back. But at the end of the day, it’s an interest-free loan that you’ve given to the government. So you want to avoid that. 

One of the things you want to do, like I said, is sort of project it out and see what you’re going to owe at the end of the day and decide whether you need to withhold any additional interchanger withholdings or make estimated payments. So one thing you can do, it’s called the safe harbor. So if you look at last year’s return and look at what you actually owed at the end of the day – Sorry, not actually owed at the end of the day in taxes but what your tax bill was. Your tax liability, I should say. 

So whether you had a refund or not, what your tax liability actually was, if you multiply that by 1.1, so 110% of that, and you make sure that whether you’re making payments to the IRS or just having regular withholdings from your W – For your regular paycheck. If you get that money into the IRS by the end of the year, you will avoid having to pay any additional penalties. Now, you might actually owe tax at the end of the day, but you won’t have any penalties. We call that the safe harbor amount saying, “Hey, that’s what I owed last year. 110% of that, we’re good to go.” 

One thing – So if you have a side gig and you’re not having money taken out of your paycheck is you might have to actually make estimated taxes. So there’s a schedule on that. It’s a quarterly schedule. But it’s something – Again, you want to take a look at your calculation and say, “Hey, if money is not being taken out my paycheck, I need to put this money aside and actually send it into the IRS on a regular basis.” 

So the way I like to look at it is think of your friend who’s the most financially irresponsible. If they didn’t have money taken out of their paycheck at the end of the day, would they be able to cover it at the end of the year? Probably not. So something you want to keep in mind.

[00:31:59] TU: Yeah. This is another reason. I think when you’re working with someone effectively throughout the year and planning and being more strategic, someone can help you with estimating what these payments will be. Obviously, especially for those that are earning additional income, side hustle, business, whatever, we want to make sure we’re doing that, and we’re looking at the overall financials of the business and accounting for the taxes that we’re going to owe. 

Sean, as we wrap up here with our fifth and final point, preparing for the year end, great timing as we’re getting ready to turn the calendar into December. Hopefully, it’s the time of year we’re starting to think about our taxes more intentionally. Hopefully, if we’ve done our job here, people are going to be thinking about this all the way throughout the year. So what are some of the year-end things that folks should be thinking about to ensure that they can minimize the stress and headaches that may otherwise come during the tax filing season?

[00:32:49] SR: Yeah. So it’s a lot of the things that I talked about before, right? Especially what I even just ended at, you want to look at your income, your taxes, your withholdings. Kind of project that out and say, “All right, here’s what I think I’m going to owe at the end of the day. Here’s what I’ve withheld. Here are the estimated payments that I made, and am I going to be in a good spot?” Maybe I am. I mean, at this point, there’s not a whole lot you can do from withholding standpoint. But you can change that going forward. You can make estimated payments now. So you want to do that. You want to make sure you maximize your HSA contributions, IRA, any of those types of things. So make sure you’re taking advantage of anything, any benefits that your employers are giving in that regard. 

If you’ve over contributed, so those limits I mentioned before, if you’ve gone over that, make sure to correct those. Take that cash back out or re-characterize them for next year because, otherwise, you’ll end up getting penalties on those. If you are able to contribute to charity, make sure you have a conscious strategy regarding that. You can use donor-advised funds, which we didn’t get into. But it’s kind of like mutual funds for charitable contributions. Think about your capital gains, so things I just mentioned. If you’re sitting there going, “Oh, my goodness. I’ve been buying coffee every day with crypto,” you got to kind of think about that, and maybe go back, and take a look, and see what your gains were or your losses might have been on those, and think about how to apply those going forward. 

Then just make sure you have all of your documentation ready to go and saved down and everything. Then just decide what you’re going to do, or you’re going to do it yourself. Do you want to reach out and hire somebody to prepare your taxes for you? Or better yet, reach out to somebody who can actually be a partner throughout the course of the year and give you more of that guidance and really align your tax strategy with the rest of your financial strategy like it should be.

[00:34:27] TU: Great stuff, Sean. For those that have listened to this episode or have followed us for some time and this concept of year round planning from a tax standpoint, if that really resonates with you and really aligning your taxes in a more strategic, proactive, look ahead way, yes, of course, we’ll do the filing. But we really want to be a partner with you throughout the year so that we can optimize that situation and employ much of what we talked about here. Really, we just, I think, scratched the surface on some of this as well. 

If you’re interested in working with Sean and his team over at YFP Tax, you can visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/tax. There, you can learn more about the services. You can sign up to join the waitlist for the 2022 filing season. As well, you can also reach out to Sean directly if you have a question, [email protected]

Sean, thanks so much for coming on the show and looking forward to having you involved in future episodes as well.

[00:35:21] SR: Yeah. Thanks for having me. I’m looking forward to it as well and looking forward to getting into tax season, hearing from some of the listeners. So have a good one. 

[00:35:28] TU: Awesome. Thank you. 

[END OF INTERVIEW]

[00:35:30] TU: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. 

Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts, and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist, unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward-looking statements that are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. 

Thank you, again, for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week. 

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 282: The Top 10 Mistakes First-Time Homebuyers Make


Nate Hedrick, The Real Estate RPh and co-host of the YFP Real Estate Investing Podcast discusses the top ten mistakes first time homebuyers make.

Episode Summary

On this episode of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast, YFP Co-Founder & CEO, Tim Ulbrich, PharmD, welcomes Nate Hedrick, The Real Estate RPh, back to the show to discuss the top 10 mistakes that first-time home buyers commonly make and how you can avoid them. In their discussion, Nate shares a brief market update since his last appearance and details how market changes have impacted him as a real estate investor looking for new opportunities in the current environment. Next, Tim and Nate go through the top 10 mistakes first-time home buyers make in a rapid-fire style, elaborating on each of the common themes plus some insight on how to avoid them when shopping for your first home. 

The Top 10 Mistakes include:

  1. Letting the Bank Set the Budget
  2. Rushing In
  3. Comparing Your Rent Payment to Your Mortgage Payment
  4. Assuming You Need 20% Down
  5. Skipping the Pre-approval
  6. Waiving a Home Inspection
  7. Overlooking the Big-ticket Items
  8. Making a Large Purchase Before Closing
  9. Forgetting to Lock in Your Interest Rate
  10. Skipping Out on the Proper Team

Listeners will learn how best to position themselves for their first home purchase and the critical role a real estate agent plays in the process. 

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRO]

[00:00:00] TU: Hey, everybody. Tim Ulbrich here, and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast, where each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. 

This week, I had the chance to welcome back a friend of the show, Nate Hedrick, the Real Estate RPH, and cohost of the YFP Real Estate Investing Podcast. On today’s episode, we talk about top 10 mistakes that first-time homebuyers make.

Now, we know that buying a home or investment property is certainly an exciting experience, but also can feel overwhelming at times. Between finding an agent, securing your financing, and actually searching for a property, it’s hard to know where to get started. That’s why we’ve teamed up with my guest today, Nate Hedrick, the Real Estate RPH, to provide a simple solution to jumpstart your home buying process. Through this concierge service, Nate will help you craft a plan, connect with a local agent you trust, and stay by your side throughout the process to lend an ear or helping hand. 

You can learn more about the free concierge service with Nate and book a call by visiting yourfinancialpharmacist.com. Click on home buying at the top and then find an agent. Again, yourfinancialpharmacist.com. Click on home buying and then find an agent. Okay, let’s jump on an interview with Nate Hedrick, the Real Estate RPH. 

[INTERVIEW]

[00:01:15] TU: Nate, welcome back to the show. 

[00:01:16] NH: Hey, Tim. Always great to be here.

[00:01:18] TU: Glad to have you back. It’s been a while. Episode 268, we had you on the show. At the time, we talked about how interest rates, inflation, and market insanity are impacting homebuyers. Here we are, just a couple weeks later. Interest rates have gone up even more since that point, and I want to get a pulse from you on what you’re seeing out there in the market, before we talk about some of the common mistakes that we see with our first-time homebuyers.

[00:01:43] NH: Yeah. Obviously, the interest rate increases have been significant since we last talked, and it’s affecting the market in different ways. Again, I’m only one piece of the broader country that is the market because it’s different everywhere. But in my neck of the woods, in both my personal investing and with my clients that are buying homes or investing in homes, is that the interest rates are hurting, right? It’s really raising that monthly payment. So it’s affecting people’s budget. It’s affecting their ability to purchase, in some cases. 

I’ve had investors completely back out of deals because a couple months down the road now, it’s – Nothing makes sense any longer in terms of the buying price. So it’s making some waves there. On the flip side, though, demand is still high because there aren’t a lot of sellers that are ready to release their properties. Just like we talked about previously, if you’re locked in right now at three or three and a half percent, what’s the use in selling, just to go grab seven percent somewhere else if you don’t have to? Absolutely. So it’s an interesting time right now. It’s still getting – It’s still crazy, and I don’t think it’s going away anytime soon.

[00:02:43] TU: I keep coming back to that, as we talked about in a previous episode. But it’s such a good point. If somebody’s locked in high twos, low threes, when we saw the rates really dip, unless there’s a real urgency to move, new job, whatever might be the situation, like who wants to trade a three percent rate for a high six in the time right now? Yeah. 

It’s crazy. When you just look at monthly payment, which, of course, many folks are thinking about their monthly budget and how the home purchase fits into the rest of their expenses. But, man, what you can get today from a monthly payment versus what you could get 12 months ago is wild. I mean, just wild to see the differences. So I’d be curious to see what happens with rates longer term. 

I’m curious, from your perspective as an investor, considering you’re the cohost of the YFP Real Estate Investing Podcast, like how has the market, environment conditions, interest rates, how has that changed your perspective and outlook as an investor looking for opportunities?

[00:03:43] NH: Yeah. It hasn’t changed the fact that I’m looking, right? I’m always looking to purchase. It’s just changing how we’re running the deal analysis, right? I just had a property come out. I kind of have to relearn the market. We just had one come up this week that kind of hit those numbers, right? Where we know the markets that we look in so well, that when a property pops up and it’s in a certain price range, like I immediately would know, “Oh, this is a deal. We need to go look at it,” right? 

Well, this one that just popped up hit those warning bells. But then when we actually did the deal analysis, it’s no longer a deal. So I have to really reset my numbers, which is tricky, just because the interest rate is hurting cash flow so much. So if we are making those purchases, they have to be a really, really good deal for it to work.

[00:04:24] TU: Yeah. I think you know better than I. You’re much more active in the space than I am. But it feels like a time period like this, where you start to really whittle down maybe the investor pool that’s out there actively looking. It really feels like it incentivizes those investors that have a sound system and process in place and have been doing this for a while. Not only on a deal analysis, but also how can you efficiently manage a group of properties and how can you optimize the portfolio that you have. 

I think for those like you and David that have done the hard work over several years to develop those systems, not to say deals are readily available, but that I think it incentivizes those that have a good foundation and a good system in place.

[00:05:04] NH: Yeah. They’re still out there. It just takes, like you said, some creativity, some diligence, and making sure you adjust.

[00:05:11] TU: I love that, though. I’m always looking, right? I’m always looking. 

[00:05:14] NH: Absolutely. 

[00:05:15] TU: All right. So this week’s episode, we’re going to cover the top 10 mistakes that we see first-time homebuyers making. Nate, to be clear, there is no judgment here, as you and I, I think, have probably made all of these mistakes maybe between the two of us. So we’re hopeful through our experiences. Being both first-time and second-time homebuyers, we’re hopeful that we can share some of this information, what we’ve seen also with other pharmacists, to help prevent others from maybe making some of these same mistakes. We’re going to run through these in somewhat of a rapid fire format. I’m going to present the mistakes 1 through 10, and then we’ll talk about each one in more detail. 

Nate, number one is something we’ve talked about often when it comes to first-time homebuyers, and that is the number one mistake is letting the bank set the budget. Tell us more about what you mean here.

[00:06:02] NH: Yeah. I think what we see from first-time homebuyers, especially, is the thought that, “Well, I’m going to go to the bank. I’m going to get pre-approved. I’m going to ask them what I can afford.” The bank looks at your finances and says, “You can afford up to a $500,000 house. This is your budget,” when in reality, the way we should be approaching it is to determine our budget way in advance, separately together, whatever that looks like, without the bank even involved. Then you can go to that lender and say, “I’m looking to purchase up to $350,000 home. Help me get financing for that,” and really trying to approach it from that budget first perspective, rather than letting the bank determine it for you. 

[00:06:39] TU: Yeah. We’ve talked about this before, home buying, important piece of the financial plan. It’s one part of the financial plan, right? There’s a lot of competing priorities for your monthly budget. I think that you and I have been talking about this now for years, but this is maybe even more true than it has been in years gone by. When we consider the impact of inflation on the monthly budget, the average student loan debt continues to creep up in a direction where a greater percentage of one’s monthly income might be accounted for when it comes to student loans or other debt. 

Oh, and by the way, like pharmacists’ income, even if we see some growth there, like they’re not accounting for what we’re seeing the rise when it comes to not only inflation, but also the rise in the housing market, as we were just talking a few moments ago. So all the more reason that we really need to be setting the budget when it comes to purchasing the home before the bank sets that budget for us to make sure that it fits in with other priorities, and that we’re able to accelerate those other goals in the financial plan, and that we don’t find ourselves locked into a 30-year timeline of something that we look up and say, “Hey, wait a minute. We don’t have a whole lot of cash flow to do other things.” 

Number one mistake, letting the bank set the budget. Number two is rushing into the purchase, right? Easier said than done. Nate, tell us more. 

[00:07:54] NH: Yeah. What I’m seeing right now, especially in the last six months or so, is individuals who have this this FOMO, the fear of missing out. The interest rates are rising. The market is crazy. I have to bid fast. But take a step back. Take some perspective. Realize that, again, if we look at the huge timescale that is mortgage interest rates over time and the market in general, we’re still not at a point where the interest rate is exorbitantly high compared to history. We’re still not at a point where there aren’t going to be homes on the market soon. 

They’re not going away, right? So don’t rush into this decision. It’s a huge purchase. So you want to make sure you’re doing your work upfront. You’re setting that budget, like we just talked about. You’re choosing a location that you actually want to be in, right? You don’t want to make that decision and then want to change it later. You’re looking at what’s important to you. Again, what I’m seeing and what I’m hearing from others in the marketplace is they’re making decisions. Then six months later, they’re regretting it because it’s not exactly what they wanted. They just felt like they had to buy now. So don’t rush in.

[00:08:52] TU: Yeah. I think there’s always a feeling of pressure around that home purchase, right? You and I felt that even in the market. That is not the market that we’re seeing today, right? I just remember that feeling of like, “Okay, I graduated. I did residency. I got married. We’re thinking about starting a family.” It just feels like that box. Like you got to go check it off and buy a home. As we’ll talk about here in a moment, like, “Hey, I don’t really want to pay rent anymore.” 

I think that pressure is always there for first-time homebuyers. But in this current environment, it’s on fire even more. I think there’s this feeling of like, “Oh, man. The Fed’s going to raise the rates like even more. It’s going to go up. Everyone else is kind of rushing into this period of competition. I better jump on this.” Certainly, if the deal, location, and everything lines up, there’s a case, obviously, to move forward. But there’s very few things that we’re locking ourselves into for 30 years, and we want to be careful to make sure that, again, fits in the budget. We talked about that in point number one, but also that it fits in with our plans, and that we’re not 6, 12 months in and saying, “Man, maybe I should have waited a little bit longer,” or, “I regret this purchase at the time.” 

Number three is comparing your rent payment to your mortgage payment. Guilty as charged. I remember when we bought our first home, Nate, back in 2000 – I think it’s been 2009. We were paying $1,100 a month for rent, and it’s even hard to say that out loud in 2022, three-bedroom condo. I think it was like 1,500 or 1,800 square feet. I remember looking at a mortgage payment, our first home we purchased for $176,000. Again, hard to believe in 2022, and I remember seeing, “Wait a minute, $1,100 rent. Principal and interest is going to be about $1,100. Why would I not purchase a home?” 

So talk to us about why comparing rent payment and mortgage payment can potentially be a mistake and not considering all the costs involved?

[00:10:45] NH: Yeah. I think this is something I, again, totally agree. I did the exact same thing when we bought our first home, right? You’re looking at that price, and you’re saying, “Well, it’s a monthly payment that makes me live here, versus a monthly payment makes me live here. I got to compare those.” But with buying a home, there are these other costs, right? You’ve got property taxes, which is huge. You’ve got insurance, which you might not have any insurance, or you might just have renter’s insurance on your current rented property. 

It’s not just that upfront balance. There are a lot of these hidden costs that go into purchasing a home, even something as simple as maintenance and repairs, right? Today, you probably have a landlord or a management company that you call if something breaks. But when you buy that house, you’re in charge, right? You’re calling a plumber. You’re calling an electrician. You’re calling a HVAC specialist. So you have to expect those costs and be ready for them.

[00:11:31] TU: Yeah. Depending on the area that you live in, property taxes, it feels like there’s, obviously, a significant creep that can happen in there. But that can be a big part, the monthly payments. I think about our property taxes here in Columbus. We’re looking at about $500 per month, which I know in some parts of the country might be higher. Some might be a little bit lower. But when you look at that as a percentage, compared to your mortgage payment, like for us, it’s a pretty big chunk that’s going to our property taxes. Then you add on top of that insurance. You mentioned potentially HOA fees, depending on the area that you live in, maintenance and upkeep. 

Especially for first-time homebuyers, like you don’t have a garage full of lawn equipment and other things. You might want to do landscaping. You might want to do some remodeling, furniture you’re going to need for the home. So making sure that we’re factoring all these things in. I’ll link too in the show notes that the New York Times has a really cool calculator that looks at the rent versus buy, and it really tries to put it as apples to apples as you possibly can. So factor in a lot of the costs that Nate’s talking about here and making sure that we’re looking at the big picture, as we look at what the impact of that will be on the monthly budget. That’s number three, potentially making the mistake of comparing your rent payment, your mortgage payment. 

Number four, Nate, is assuming you have to have 20% down. So this really gets into the types of loan options that are out there and how we need to be thinking about saving for that down payment. Tell us more.

[00:12:59] NH: Yeah. I often see this when somebody talks to somebody who bought a house somewhere else, right? Or 10 years ago. I talked to my folks, and they said, “This is how I bought a house,” and they get this advice that, well, you got to have 20% down, and then you can move forward. Some people can feel really stuck with that, especially in these higher cost of living areas, where 20% down could be $200,000, right? So what we’re advocating for is not – Don’t skip 20% down. That’s not a bad place to be but evaluate it. Look to see what your other options are. 

We’ve got pharmacist home loan options that are three and a half percent down. We’ve got FHA lending. That’s the same rate. There’s a lot of different options out there that aren’t just 20%, and there are advantages and disadvantages to each of those. So weigh those options, look at them, talk with somebody who knows what they’re talking about, a mortgage lender, preferably, and figure out what the best option is going to be for you.

[00:13:48] TU: Yeah. Nate, I’m curious. Is your opinion on this changing at all, as interest rates creep, right? So when you and I talked about this a year, a year and a half ago, if we’re just thinking about from an opportunity cost standpoint, obviously, there’s a risk in if we have nothing down or too little down, market changes. You would potentially be upside down on the mortgage. We need to be considering that, our comfort with risk. How else that fits into the rest of the plan. 

But purely from an opportunity cost standpoint, when you’re talking about a loan at 3% or 2.8, 2.9%, you could make a reasonable argument that like, “Hey, if I can put as little down as possible and finance that out over 30 years, I could potentially use those dollars elsewhere in the financial plan in a more strategic way.” As we look at high sixes, is your opinion on that changing at all?

[00:14:38] NH: It’s always been that you want to create a safety net, right? Like David and I talk about on the podcast all the time, we are safety-oriented, boring pharmacists, and that’s not a bad place to be, right? Where you want to go into this with the idea that if the market does correct and I have to sell because that’s when it’s a problem, when you have to sell. Or am I going to be okay? So if you’ve got 10 percent down in a property and there’s an 8% correction, you’re in a good space. 

But if you’re talking about maybe a bigger correction or a lower percentage down, it can be a little more risky, right? There’s no way to know exactly what the future holds, so just it can be beneficial to at least consider that 20% down, just because of the safety net that it provides. 

[00:15:20] TU: Yeah, yeah. Good point about the future, right? We might find ourselves with a huge refinance market in a year or two if rates were to come back down, so good thing to be thinking about. Can’t bank on it but certainly might be an option in the future. The other thing I think of here, Nate, with a 20% down, you’ve talked before on the podcast, you also wrote a blog post about this, we’ll link to it in the show notes, is that student loans is often a common barrier to being able to save up 20% down, right? 

You think about even here in pretty affordable Ohio, if you’re looking at buying a three to four-bedroom home, 2,000, 2,500 square feet, depending where you’re living, probably pushing now 400,000 to 500,000 dollars on that home. So traditional 20% down, we need 80,000 to 100,000 dollars. Trying to accrue that as a first-time homebuyer, while making student loan payments, which we haven’t been doing now for over two years, but those are going to start back up, that can be very overwhelming. So I think that consideration of how do I balance a student loan repayment with the home buying, and that’s an opportunity where maybe you don’t need 20% down. Maybe you decide to do 20% because you feel comfortable with that. But we’ll link to that article in the show notes, as I think that’s probably a topic of interest among many listeners. So that’s number four, assuming you have to 20% down. 

Number five mistake is skipping the pre-approval. Tell us more here.

[00:16:40] NH: Yeah. One of the things that I’ve seen other buyers and I always advise my clients is to get that pre-approval process done early. That’s going to the lender and making sure that you are going to be able to get a loan from them. What you really want to check with them is, one, are there things that I was not aware of, right? Maybe the budget that I said is not realistic, and the bank is going to tell me otherwise or perhaps that the rates are higher than I was expecting, and my calculations are off. That data check is really important from a perspective of which houses can I look at. 

But then more importantly is once you do find the house that you like, everybody’s requiring you to have that pre-approval letter with your offer. So if you find a place, and let’s say there’s competing offers, or you need to move quickly on it, and it’s a Friday afternoon, you don’t have that pre-approval letter in place, you might not be able to purchase that home, just because your offer is no longer a competitive one. Doing that upfront, doing that early is never going to hurt you. You can always renew those pre-approval letters 90 days later or 180 days later. Do it upfront. Make sure that you’ve got that pre-approval letter in place. It’ll just protect you when you’re going to look at those homes.

[00:17:45] TU: Yeah. I think that’s really good advice, Nate, because it’s one of those things I remember when we were looking for homes. My thought was like I’m just casually looking exactly on realtor.com or Redfin or Zillow or whatever. That often quickly turns into like, “I’m seeing a property, and I want to make an offer.” So I think we got to be realistic about where are we at in the process of readiness to buy home. Then as you mentioned, you can renew those, but having that ready if there’s a potential that we’re going to be moving forward with an offer. 

All right, number six is waiving a home inspection. Nate, that gives me anxiety, even hearing that. So tell me more about what you’re seeing here.

[00:18:22] NH: Yeah. So especially the last year or so and even going back a little further, we saw a lot of the craziness in the market leading to people saying, “Well, how else can I be competitive, right? What else can I do? I can’t offer more money. So maybe I’ll waive the inspections, and I’ll just get the house and kind of roll the dice that way.” so I’m always an advocate that you need to have that expert in there to take a look at home, especially if you’re a first-time homebuyer, right? You don’t know what you’re looking for. Your agent can be helpful in this, but they are not an expert in home maintenance. They’re just not. 

We’re experts in the process. We’re experts in the communication. We’re experts in the forms that you need to fill out and how to navigate the actual buying process. But we are not contractors, right? I don’t know how to look at a roof and say, “Oh, yeah. That’s a 15-year roof or a 30-year roof,” right? We just – That’s not part of our process. So making sure that you’ve got an expert on your team that specializes in that area is absolutely essential, and that last line of defense is that home inspection. So make sure you’ve got one in place.

[00:19:20] TU: Yeah. Not all inspectors are created equal, right? Just like not all agents or financial planners or accountants are created equal. So we’ll talk in a little bit about having a team, but this is why I think it’s so important that you’ve talked about this before. If you start with a really good reputable real estate agent, they often are going to be able to point you to a reputable inspector, right? You want to make sure if you’re spending whatever, 400, 500, 600 dollars on an inspection that you’re going to feel good about the quality of that inspection. 

I’ve been through the process of because of the results of an inspection pulling out of a purchase of a property, and like it’s significant. If it’s something that maybe comes up that’s going to cost you 500 bucks, 1,000, 2,000 bucks, like you can roll with that. But it’s the big structural foundational types of things that, man, you just don’t want to be surprised. I think we got to know our role as pharmacists, right? I can’t walk into a home. Maybe you’re [inaudible 00:20:12], but I can’t walk into a home and be like, “Oh, yeah. This is really going to be a problem,” or, “This is not.” 

I’m more enamored in the moment about like what does this look like for our family living in this home, right? I think that tends to even gloss over sometimes what can be some of the bigger pieces that come up. 

[00:20:29] NH: Even with my experience and David’s experience, I mean, when I’m working with a client as their agent, I still don’t want to be the only expert they’re getting advice from, right? I can look at something and say, “Yeah, that’s probably going to be a problem.” But the extent of that problem, I don’t want to be the one to speak to that. You need an expert, right? So it’s super important to clarify that and just make sure that even if you’ve got a really, really good agent on your team, that inspection is still a super important piece.

[00:20:54] TU: So that’s number six, waving a home inspection. Number seven is related but different, and that’s overlooking the big ticket items. Again, I think often when we’re looking at a home, we get excited about maybe some of the fixtures, the furnishings, the remodeled kitchen, those types of things. But are we thinking about the major expenses that might be coming in the future, even if it’s not something in the moment that they’re going to be coming down the road? Are we ready for it from saving standpoint as well? So tell us more here what you’re thinking about.

[00:21:23] NH: Yeah. Just I wanted to put this in people’s heads because it’s something that I often have to coach my buyers through of, hey, the inspection report says this is perfect, and it’s working today. But take a look at the fact that it’s deteriorating, and that it’s going to be replaced in five years, right? Your furnace is working, and everything looks great, and the house is warm. But it’s 22 years old, and we’re about to be done with it, right? So those are things that even with an inspection you might not necessarily catch. 

The other one I saw just recently was a house that was – It was painted wood siding, and it looked flawless. It looked great. It was probably done in the last two years, and just, again, look fantastic. But that’s something that’s going to have to be maintained, right? You have to paint that every five, six, seven years. So a buyer might go into that and think, “This is great. It’s painted siding. I’m done.” But that’s a huge expense that’s going to be coming down the road. So what I advise buyers to do is to look at some of those big ticket items, even if they’re not problems today, and sort of budget for them for the future because they can become problems quite quickly.

[00:22:22] TU: Yeah. Some of them you don’t necessarily think about, even on the second or third home purchase. So I think for first-time homebuyers it makes sense. But things like the roof maybe are some common ones. But driveway, so like we have asphalt driveways. It’s getting beat up right now, and we got a quote for what would that take to eventually repair, put in a cement driveway. Holy cow, right? That’s really expensive. Or what’s the potential lifespan of your AC unit, your hot water tanks? How new or not are those? Other types of upkeep, you gave the example of kind of painting the wood. So there’s a lot of things that could come up.

Just to nerd out here for a moment from the financial plan perspective, this is where having a bucket of funds that you’re planning each month for these expenses that we know are going to come up, we want to be planning for it, right? So we talk a lot with the planning team about creating buckets of savings. If I need a roof, and it’s expected to kind of be at the point of replacement in five years, that’s not an emergency when it gets to that point, right? So what can we be doing to both plan and project those, and then create the buckets of savings, so we can accrue those funds over time and to be ready to pay for those when they come to be?

I think those are great examples, Nate, of things that we’re often overlooking when we do like the rent versus buy comparison. 

[00:23:41] NH: 100%. Yeah. 

[00:23:42] TU: Those big – Especially if you convert them into like a monthly payment of what it would take to save those and then tack that on to what we may be paying in terms of rent. 

[00:23:50] NH: Something that people often rely on here is a home warranty, which is not a bad idea, right? You can use a home warranty at purchase to help combat some of those high cost items, maybe fixing a furnace that breaks down or repairing an AC unit, whatever. But don’t rely on that only, right? A lot of those home warranties – I’ll give you another example from recent past, home warranty for a roof. Great. It seems like, okay, if the roof is going to break, when it does, I’ve got this home warranty in place. 

Well, what happens a lot of times is that home warranty company looks at when you purchase that warranty. Let’s say you purchase it at year 15 on a 20-year roof. We’re only going to cover that quarter of that roof that you’ve actually kind of paid for at the time that you bought it. So keep in mind, home warranty can be helpful in terms of defraying some of those costs, but it is not a solve all the problems kind of a thing.

[00:24:39] TU: Yep. Great point. So that’s number seven, overlooking the big ticket items. Number eight common mistake among first-time homebuyers is making a large purchase before closing. So I assume we’re referencing some impacts here on credit and lending. Tell us more.

[00:24:54] NH: Yeah. When you were going through the pre-approval process, the bank is looking at all of your debt and all of your income and all of your assets. If you are adding things to the debt side of that equation before closing, when they go to recheck things, you can actually price yourself out of things. You could mess up your interest rate. You could mess up actually getting the property. I’ve seen people where they go and they buy furniture before closing. This has never happened to me but to others I’ve heard about, where they go to those great 36 months, same as cash. I’m going to buy all the new furniture I need for this new house before closing. 

When you buy something like that on credit at a furniture store, for example, it’s looked at like a maxed out debt. So if I buy $5,000 of the furniture, 36 months, same as cash, they are taking out a $5,000 line of credit, and I have maxed out that line of credit. 

[00:25:40] TU: Oh, utilization of it. Yeah. 

[00:25:42] NH: Exactly. So when the bank goes to rerun your report on this great home that you’re about to purchase, they all of a sudden see that, whoa, you got this credit hit. Now, your credit score has dropped. Your new interest rate is now a point higher because you’ve messed this up. So don’t make any major purchases. Don’t take out credit cards. All that stuff should be just put on hold until after closing.

[00:26:02] TU: Yeah. A point higher over 30 years is going to be a lot more than $5,000. That’s a really good one. So really making sure that as you get to that point of closing, as you’re working through the process with the bank, making sure any purchases, any opening up credit card you need to put on hold or making sure you got some space in separation in that as well.

[00:26:25] NH: Or at the very least, talk to your lender first. Hey, lender, I know we’re going through this, but I’m thinking about doing this. Is that going to be okay? Is that a bad idea? Ask them. Keep them engaged. Do not surprise your lender. That’s the worst thing you can do.

[00:26:38] TU: Okay, number nine is forgetting to lock in your interest rate. I know another common question that comes up here is when people are comparing rates, especially if they’re searching these on a website, is the option of purchasing points as well. So tell us about rate locks and then how one should be thinking about the purchasing of points and what that means.

[00:26:59] NH: Yeah. So the rate lock point was actually something that I just added kind of for this time, right? Because previously, locking your interest rate wasn’t nearly as important. Interest rates weren’t going anywhere. So if it was 3.5 this week or 3.3 next week, I mean, whatever, right? It’s not that big of a deal. Locking it was great, but it was not as important. 

Now, with the way that rates have been increasing recently, what we’re seeing a lot of lenders offer is a locked rate, where you can lock it for 45 days or even sometimes longer with a float down option so that if the rate does drop, you’re allowed to drop along with it. But if you don’t lock in that rate, your rate can increase with the market. 

So I actually saw – I had a buyer recently that closed on a property, and we almost missed the date for his rate lock. Luckily, the lender was able to extend it and make sure that we met with closing. But if you don’t lock that rate at the right time or don’t close on time, you can miss that window and easily see half a point or a point increase as that month and a half goes by that it takes to close on a property. So it can be a big deal.

[00:28:01] TU: Tell us about the option of purchasing points. I know this comes up a lot, where kind of the window rate that someone will get may include or be assuming that you’re going to be buying points, essentially buying down that interest rate. So what are you seeing out there right now in terms of the viability of that and how people can think about the breakeven point where that makes sense?

[00:28:23] NH: Yeah. Another question that’s changed dramatically in the last two years since I last talked. But the idea with a point is that you can essentially pay money up front to have a lower interest rate over time, right? You can decrease your interest rate by paying for it in the form of what’s called points. You can even, in some cases, have the seller pay the points at closing. That’s pretty uncommon still in this market, but it’s out there. 

Typically, again, in the past, I was not recommending buying down points because the rates were already so low that why spend cash up front, just to get from 3 to 2.9, right? Who cares. But now, if you can get significant movement on that interest rate and you’re looking at a very, very large loan, it might be worthwhile to consider, especially if you’ve got a little extra capital upfront today and want to lock in that lower interest rate over a longer period of time. 

It’s something to consider. It’s always worth looking at. The best way to do it and compare things apples to apples is to ask every lender that you’re shopping with for a rate that is without points. Give me the flat rate without points. Let me see that first, and then let’s talk about adding points onto it. Because that’s the only way you’re going to be able to compare it apples to apples.

[00:29:26] TU: Yeah. That might not even be so obvious when you’re initially shopping. I was talking with a pharmacist recently that was talking about a rate they had received from a lender, and they didn’t realize that there was built into that an assumption they were going to pay X dollars to buy down the rate. But they were comparing that to another rate that didn’t have points involved. So to your point, we really need to compare those as equal as possible to be able to make a decision on where to go forward. That’s great.

Number 10, Nate, is skipping out on the proper team. I talked about this a little bit with making sure you’ve got a good agent that can be a connection and referral to other parts on the team. But there are a ton of folks involved in this process, right? When you think about the agent, you think about the lender, you think about the title company, the lawyers that are working as a part of the title process. Tell us a little bit about what is the proper team and some strategies folks can employ to make sure they’ve got the right team in place. 

[00:30:16] NH: Yeah. This part can feel overwhelming. Whenever somebody started talking about team, I started to feel like, “Oh, I don’t know how to make a team. I’m a first-time homebuyer. I don’t know what I’m talking about. I don’t know who to call. That’s too overwhelming. I’m not going to deal with it,” right? But I encourage you to look at that and not think of it as something scary, but it’s something that’s there to help you, right? Just like we have a team in the hospital or a team in the pharmacy, we’re not expected to know and do everything exactly, right? It’s a team effort. 

Starting with someone like a real estate agent can be a great place to go. You can find one expert. Then from that expert, they can refer you to others that are in that space, so your accountant, your insurance agent, your lawyer, your home inspector, your contractors. All those can stem from that real estate agent if you’d like. But you want to make sure those experts are in place because, again, relying on you to do all the background research and googling things ahead of time and YouTube videos online, right? Like you want to make sure that you’ve got experts in place that can help you with those difficult things so that you’re not trying to manage all of it, while also having a career and a family and everything else that’s going on.

[00:31:18] TU: I really like how you’ve simplified this because the concept of all those individual members is overwhelming. But if I can feel good about finding a good agent who is qualified, reputable, I feel good about the working relationship with that individual, good communication skills. From there, I can really rely on them and trust them to help me with those other connections and other parts of the team. 

Just like we talk about with financial planning, the bar of entry into financial planning is fairly low in terms of someone being able to call themselves a financial advisor. Therefore, there’s a huge span that’s out there in terms of experience, credential, certifications, individuals that they’ve worked with and areas of expertise. I would argue there’s a lot of similarities in terms of real estate agent, in terms of how many deals they’ve done, experience they have in working with pharmacists or working with certain lending options and their awareness of lending options that are out there. So I think really doing due diligence and homework to make sure you have that good agent is really important. 

That’s one of the main reasons, Nate, that we’ve now collaborated probably going on, what, three-plus years working with you to develop the home buying concierge service, which is really intended to help individuals in the YFP community, looking to purchase a home, whether it’s their first home or a second home, whether it’s a real estate investment property to make sure they find an agent that they are comfortable with, that’s a good fit, but also that has you there as a resource along the way. So tell us a little bit more about that home buying concierge service, and then we’ll make sure to point folks in the right direction to learn more information.

[00:32:53] NH: Yeah. What we wanted to develop was a way to take the guesswork out of that first step. Like I said, when I was buying my home, first-time home purchase, I was overwhelmed by this idea of the team and like where do I start. I think I just like asked a couple of friends for a real estate agent. That can work, right? It’s good to get a referral from someone personal. But what we’re finding is that a lot of times, people are moving somewhere, or they’re in an area where maybe they don’t know a good agent, or maybe that friend didn’t have the best experience. 

So if you’re looking to take that guesswork out of the process, what we’ve developed is a really simple phone call. You can connect with me 20 or 30 minutes on the phone. We’ll get an idea of your budget, where you’re looking to buy, what your must haves are, what type of agent we think you’d work best with. We have some really cool targeted questions about what that process looks like and what’s important to you when picking an agent. Then we help you get connected with them, all for free. So we’ll actually interview agents in your local area, if we don’t have anybody already in our Rolodex of people, and we’ll get you connected with them so that you can get off and running on the right foot. Like we said, If you don’t know anything else about the area or any other people to work with, start with that agent, and everything can kind of grow from there. 

The last piece that I think is important is that once we make that connection to the agent, we don’t go away like, “I don’t drop off the team. I’m still part of that process.” So if you need a second opinion on something, if you want to bounce ideas off of somebody who’s both a pharmacist and an agent, come right back. I’m still part of the team that can help you guys out. So it’s been a fun service because I get to see pharmacists buy places all over the country and see them grow. It’s a great way for us to kind of give back and help out with a pretty stressful process and making it less stressful.

[00:34:30] TU: Yeah. Again, whether you’re a first-time homebuyer or you’re moving or you’re looking for an investment property, all of those involve finding a good agent, and that service that Nate just described is intended to do exactly that, regardless of if it’s a primary home or an investment property. We’ve had some really cool success stories through this program, and I would point folks to episode 160 as an example of that, where you talked with Shelby Bennett and Bryce Platt about their experiences, working with you through that concierge service and what that is experience was like and why it was valuable. We’ll link to that in the show notes. 

For folks to get connected with you, very easy, you can go to yourfinancialpharmacist.com. At the top, you can click on home buying and then find an agent. From there, you’ll find an option to reach out and connect with Nate. Then you’ll be off and running with finding a good agent that’s local to your area. 

Nate, as always, thanks so much. It’s been an awesome 2022 and looking forward to having you on throughout 2023 to provide our community with ongoing updates and information related to home buying.

[00:35:29] NH: Thanks, Tim. I really appreciate it.

[END OF INTERVIEW]

[00:35:30] TU: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. 

Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts, and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist, unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward-looking statements that are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. 

Thank you, again, for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 281: The Connection Between Finances and Fitness with The Fit Pharmacist


Dr. Adam Martin, The Fit Pharmacist, talks about practical strategies you can implement to help you thrive, five areas of the SMILE framework for living to your full potential, and the most effective antidote and prevention to disempowering feelings.

About Today’s Guest

Dr. Adam Martin works with people to write their scripts for success using proper nutrition, stress management, and the power of a positive attitude. He earned his doctorate of pharmacy degree from the University of Pittsburgh School of Pharmacy, and with over 7 years of experience working full-time in the community pharmacy setting, he’s passionate about empowering other pharmacists and pharmacy students to put the health back into healthcare through leading by example in their professional practice to not only live their best lives but to

inspire others along the way to do the same. He pairs his PharmD with his expertise as a certified personal trainer and nutrition consultant to guide self-care back into healthcare.

Dr. Martin is the founder of The Fit Pharmacist, LLC. As a National Speakers Association (NSA) Professional Speaker, Adam’s core passion is traveling to pharmacy schools across the world to speak to pharmacy students, sharing practical plans of action that will empower them to maximize their careers and create a competitive edge in the profession to maximize their success and degree of impact. 

He has made his life’s work showing people how to take control of their overall wellness, sharing SimpleSolutions through his writing for numerous pharmacy publications including PharmacyTimes magazine, and is the author of the best-selling book “Rx: You: The Pharmacist’s Survival Guide for Managing Stress & Fitting in Fitness” as well as “Gen-Z Pharmacist: Dominate Pharmacy School & Script Your Dream Career.” He is the host of The Fit Pharmacist Healthcare Podcast, sharing successes and practical strategies from the most successful minds in the profession of pharmacy with a new episode released every week. 

With a passion for learning and serving his patients, he’s an inaugural member of the Pennsylvania Pharmacists Association’s Leadership Excellence and Advocacy Development (LEAD) program, and strives to serval the global community of pharmacy as a medical missionary, having served in Honduras and Panama as a pharmacist in the field. In 2019, he was named the “Most Influential Pharmacist” by SingleCare’s Best of the Best Pharmacy Awards.

Episode Summary

In this week’s episode, YFP Co-Founder & CEO, Tim Ulbrich, PharmD, is joined by Dr. Adam Martin, The Fit Pharmacist. Dr. Adam Martin is known for working with people to write their scripts for success using proper nutrition, stress management, and the power of a positive attitude. In today’s show, Tim and Adam discuss the eBook, “5 to Thrive Healthcare Habits,” and how those mindset habits for thriving in life mirror the mindset for financial fitness. Adam shares how he came up with the SMILE framework, how to operate from a thriving versus surviving mindset, and how to form a realistic work-life balance with practical strategies that anyone can implement into their lives. Tim and Adam work through the five areas of the SMILE framework, created to help others live with intention and unlock their full potential by providing examples and demonstrating the concepts with real-life examples. 

The SMILE framework consists of the following: 

  • Shift Your Focus
  • Move and Groove
  • Identify the Best You
  • Let Loose and Celebrate
  • Electrify Your Spirit

Together they discuss what Adam calls the most effective, instant antidote and prevention to disempowering feelings. Adam shares a technique, “GRIN (Gratitude Ripple In the Now),” for celebrating and igniting joy.

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRO]

[00:00:00] TU: Hey, everybody. Tim Ulbrich here, and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast, where each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. 

This week, I had a chance to welcome a friend and colleague, Dr. Adam Martin, The Fit Pharmacist, to talk about Five to Thrive Health Care Habits. Highlights from the show include Adam and I talking through practical strategies you can implement to help you not just get by or survive but to thrive, the five areas of the SMILE framework to live with intention at your full potential, and the most effective instant antidote, as well as prevention, to disempowering feelings.

Now, before we jump into the show, I recognize that many listeners may not be aware of what the team at YFP Planning does in working one-on-one with more than 280 households across the country. YFP Planning offers fee-only high-touch financial planning that is customized to the pharmacy professional. If you’re interested in learning more about how working one-on-one with a certified financial planner may help you achieve your financial goals, you can book a free discovery call by visiting yfpplanning.com. Whether or not YFP Planning services are a good fit for you, know that we appreciate your support of this podcast and our mission to help pharmacists achieve financial freedom. 

Okay, let’s jump into my interview with The Fit Pharmacist, Dr. Adam Martin. 

[INTERVIEW]

[00:01:21] TU: Dr. Adam Martin, The Fit Pharmacist, welcome.

[00:01:24] AM: What’s up, Tim. How you doing today?

[00:01:26] TU: Man, I’m doing great. How’s your week been, and how are you doing?

[00:01:30] AM: Dude, it’s Fit Pharmacist Friday. Let’s go. Let’s go.

[00:01:35] TU: Let’s do it. So you recently published a resource, and we’ll leave a link to this as well, Five to Thrive Healthcare Habits, simple and quick ways to use what you have to live a lifestyle you dream about. It caught my attention because of how much overlap there was between those five habits and what I often think about as it relates to the financial plan. So I’m going to dig into each one of those in more detail. 

This has been a long time in the making. You and I had the opportunity to present together at the OPA Annual Meeting last year in Columbus. That was on fire, right? That was an awesome session that we did together, and I’ve thought so many times, when you and I have a chance to converse and dig deep, like there is so much synergy between a lot of the work that you’re doing and the focus on the mindset in the healthcare and how we often need to, should be thinking about the financial plan as well. 

So this is going to be a party of sorts. It always is when Dr. Adam Martin is on the line. So before we get into those five habits, we’ll walk through them one by one, I don’t want to just gloss over the significance of operating from a mindset of thriving, rather than just getting by and surviving. Since the focus of our time together is going to be all about thriving, tell us more about why that is center to what you’re doing and what you’re talking about and how you’ve developed that mindset and learn that through your own experiences.

[00:03:05] AM: Absolutely, Tim. Well, first off, thanks so much for the opportunity. Like you said, it’s always fire getting together, especially in person, but we’ll roll with this. But, yeah, OPA was awesome. First live event since COVID, I believe, for both of us in a long time. So that’s kind of where that idea stemmed from because there are so many overlaps with wellness and fitness and also your money because you won’t feel very well if you’re broke or in debt, so it just kind of goes with that through line. 

But the reason that I made this, and just so y’all know, this is a free e-book, so I’m not selling anything, this is such a needed resource. I created it, like put a ton of time, made it simply applicable because there’s so much information out there that, yeah, it’s great. But how are you going to apply it? 

[00:03:54] TU: That’s right. 

[00:03:54] AM: For example, we all want to get healthier, right? So we go and hire a nutritionist, dietician, whatever. That’s outside of our normal, and they say be mindful when you eat. Chew your salad 30 times before you eat. We don’t get lunch breaks. What are you talking about? 

So when you take the science, the research, and you say, “How can I practically apply this in a simple way,” because here’s the reality, you ain’t got more time. You don’t got any time. You ain’t got more things, and you’ve got no room left on your to-do list. So how are you going to make a change that you know you need to make and you want to make when you don’t have time, when you don’t have money, and you don’t know what’s going to actually work and what’s a scam? 

I took all the things that I’ve learned in my journey in coaching my clients and working with some of the best in the world of mindset of fitness, of nutrition, and I condensed them down into a practical framework that is easy to understand, and more importantly, easy to implement, that actually gets results. So that’s kind of where that came from, from the need of burnout and stress and how do I manage a work-life balance. There’s such a need for it. That’s where it came from. 

[00:05:12] TU: That’s why they call you The Tony Robbins of Healthcare right there, right? That is why. I think that the practical implementation is huge, and we see this every day from the financial side. I live it in my own personal financial journey. We can have these big lofty goals with big numbers. Until we break that down to something that means something to us today, that we can put our arms around, that we can grasp, that we can implement, that we can get some momentum and wins on, those are just nebulous, big, scary goals that we can have somebody coach us and say, “You know what, Adam? You need $3.5 million in your retirement account to save.” 

What does that mean for today and how we can practically implement this? Again, I just love the synergy between the work that you’re doing and what we’re obviously talking about over at YFP. So let’s jump into these five habits to thrive, and the acronym here to remember is the SMILE framework, okay?

[00:06:10] AM: That’s right. 

[00:06:10] TU: S is shift your focus. M is move and groove. We’ll talk about these each individually. I is identify the best you. L is let loose and celebrate, and E is electrify your spirit. So number one, shift your focus. In this habit, you talk about how we often set a goal. It could be around losing weight. It could be around healthier eating, connecting to our community, in our case, improving our financial situation. Despite knowing what to do, we don’t do it. The choices that we make that do or don’t lead us to our goals often revolve around our state of mind. 

So my question for you here, Adam, is why are we drawn into these negative thought patterns and habits that can put us in ruts and prevent us from achieving our goals, even when we don’t want that to be the case?

[00:07:02] AM: Excellent questions. Why don’t we do that? We’re like – It’s like in the moment. We know we’re not supposed to do this, but we’re doing it anyway. So big picture, I just want to simplify this. The reason it’s called the SMILE framework is that regardless of your nutrition, your job, your career, your personal brand, all of it, the reason you do anything is so that you become happy. You want a happy life. What’s the most characteristic thing that would kind of show that someone’s happy? A smile. While this might seem mute, it is absolutely true. We all want to be happy. That’s why we do anything. By being happy you SMILE. 

The reason I did this is to make it simple, so that you can see that you are focused on the outcome. You’re focused on what you want. A lot of times, when we get overwhelmed or we’re pulled in all these directions, for example, what do I do with my finances? The world’s going into recession? What do I do with this? What I do with that? What’s the best workout plan? What’s the best nutrition plan? How do I manage stress? The question you have to ask is what is your outcome? What do you want? 

That comes right into your question, ironically, because that’s the answer. The first kind of pin of that SMILE framework is S, to shift your focus. What you need to ask yourself is what do I want? What is the outcome that you want? If you reverse engineer that, it will lead you upstream to realize that it all starts with the quality of question that you ask. To your point or question, again, the answer of why do we ask questions that get us so worked up, that get us so stressed out and focused on what’s wrong? It’s because that’s our survival brain. 

Here’s something that I want you to hear and understand. Your brain does not exist to make you financially successful, to make you happy, or to make you thrive or live your best life. Your brain exists to keep you alive. That’s it. So when you’re taking a financial risk for a potential gain, that is interpreted as dangerous. 

[00:09:11] TU: Scary. Yup.

[00:09:12] AM: Threats to your survival. 

[00:09:14] TU: That’s right. 

[00:09:15] AM: Your subconscious is going to hijack you and say, “Oh, no. That could mean death. Let’s not do that.” Going to work out, that is painful, right? I mean –

[00:09:25] TU: Literally tearing muscles. Yes. 

[00:09:26] AM: After not going for a while, that is painful. That is a threat to survival. So whatever area of your life you want to improve, you inherently know that when you start that process, that it is uncomfortable. We’ve all heard that phrase, nothing grows from comfort zones. So you have to recognize that you will have resistance from the good intention that your brain is trying to protect you. So don’t be hard on yourself and say, “Why is my brain so stupid?” It’s trying to keep you alive because that’s what it’s designed to do. So you have to identify the purpose. You have to identify what you want, and then recognize there’s a gap there that is going to require your active participation.

[00:10:09] TU: Yeah. Adam, my mind is spinning with the financial connection here. So a great example, I just mentioned a big scary retirement number before, $3.5 million. That often is not the question we want to focus on. So we’ve been trained societally through a lot of financial information commercials to ask the question of how much do you need in your bank account to retire, right? It’s an important question, but it’s not the question that we need to be asking ourselves, right? 

The question we need to be asking ourselves is what does it mean to live a wealthy life, not just in dollars and cents, right? How can our financial plan support and get us towards living a wealthy life? Why do we even care about this topic of money to begin with? Money is a tool that derives value, only because you and I and the rest of the world say it has value. Objectively, by itself, it doesn’t have value, right? So why does money matter to you? What does it mean to live a wealthy life? How can we support a financial plan that aligns with that? 

Because to your point about some of the pain, it’s no different with our finances. If I say that, I want to be able to save money for the future because of X, Y, and Z, and that’s a compelling reason, well, guess what? That means I’m going to have to not spend it today to save it for the future. There’s pain in that, right? There’s pain. So I love how you focus. Again, we’ll link to this, so folks can download it and read it in its entirety. 

But you have a whole page, maybe two pages. I remember at least one page of questions that we can be asking ourselves, right? Better questions, give us better information that we can live with more intentionality. I think that’s so important here, when we talk about shifting your focus. So that’s habit number one, shifting your focus. 

Number two is we work to the SMILE framework. The M is move and groove, and you argue that this is the most effective instant antidote, as well as prevention to disempowering feelings. That’s a pretty strong statement. Tell us more. Why is that the case, and what does this practically look like?

[00:12:14] AM: Absolutely. So without a doubt, if you’re in a funk mood, if you’re scared, if you’re terrified, the fastest way to break out of that state is to move your body, the fastest way. You can do it immediately. For example, if you ever had like an argument, a confrontation, or you’ve heard the phrase, “Go walk it off,” there’s truth behind that. So this comes to go like, well, if we just move. What are you just saying? Like run away from your problems? Running away from your problems burns zero calories, okay? 

But what you have to recognize is that when you move your body, you are changing your state. So I’m not saying go run a marathon. But I’m saying, for example, if you’re out in public, and I told you that I would give you 50 grand if you could tell me which of the people in public was depressed, I guarantee you could do it. You’re not a psychiatrist. You’re not a therapist. You don’t have ESP. But how can you see that? Because when they’re walking, their heads’ down. They’re walking slow. They’re chests in, right? They’re kind of like this. From someone that has overcome that, I can tell you, that’s absolutely spot on. 

But if you – If I do the same to the other side, I say, “What if I gave you 50 grand to identify the most confident person that you encounter?” You can already see in your mind what that’s like. They’re walking with purpose and intention. Their shoulders are back. Their chest is out. Maybe they’ve got like a little swag in their step. It’s because that motion is inducing the emotion. If you look at emotion, I don’t want to feel bad. I don’t want to feel better. I want to be happy. I want to feel fulfilled. Emotion is energy in motion. So to snap that, it’s very simple. Change how you’re carrying yourself, moving yourself.

Now, to the practical implementation part. Well, Adam, how do I just snap out of it if I’m having such a bad day, week, month? Music. Let me ask y’all a question. Have you ever worked in a community pharmacy or just been out in public and on the PA system, on the radio in the store, a song comes on? Maybe some Gloria Estefan, if we want to throw it back. All of the sudden, you see Granny Smith in Aisle 5, tapping her foot to the point where she’s like, “[inaudible 00:14:38] pop out or what?” She can’t help it. She might not even be aware of it. 

Everybody is moving, tapping their feet, bobbing their head. Music is the fastest way to change your emotion. You can do it without even being aware of it. So that’s the fastest way to snap out of your state. Play a song that makes you jive.

[00:14:59] TU: So are we talking dance party in the pharmacy? Is that what we’re doing here?

[00:15:02] AM: So true story. When I started as a pharmacist back in 2012, it was, I mean, busy store, like super busy. When I retired there in December, we were doing over 600 scripts a day on Monday with no pharmacist overlap. That’s the reality. So there’s a lot of stress as you can imagine. So in order to kind of refocus, I would actually create something free on Pandora called Happy Radio. So whenever I noticed stress coming, the levels of tension going up, I would literally play that. 

That’s where – If you ever heard the term club pharmacy, I coined that term back in 2012 because it’s how you frame your environment. If you say, for example, I have to go to work today, how does that make you feel? Versus I get to go to club pharmacy today. That’s going to interrupt your state. What is he talking about? What, like Sam’s Club? Like what? Yeah. So you frame it, and then you entertain it, and you do something different. That’s how you kind of snap out of the norm so that you can rescript what you want to get.

[00:16:06] TU: I love that. I think some people, this is more natural than others. For me, it’s music. You talk about the idea of creating your playlist. Have it ready, right? Walking is a huge daily rhythm or routine. It just provides like, for me, some perspective, some space, and some peace of mind as well. So find that piece that really helps you. That’s number two, move and groove. 

Number three, the I in the SMILE framework is identify the best you. What do you mean by this, identify the best you, and how can individuals work towards accomplishing this?

[00:16:42] AM: Excellent question. When it comes to psychology, the most defended aspect of the human condition is your identity. People will defend that to the death. Look at any religious war that’s ever been fought. Look at anyone that’s done anything drastic. Look at people who refuse to do anything. What do they say? I’m not that kind of person. That’s not who I am. Your identity is the strongest driving force in your psychology. 

When we’re talking about goals with finances, with fitness, why are you doing that? Why do you want to save three and a half million? Yes, that is, obviously, a good goal. But what is the means behind that? What does money mean to you? What will that afford you? There’s got to be some sort of compelling future because the reality that we all know is that whatever your goal is, whether it’s small or large, think big, by the way. Whatever your goal is, you are going to have resistance. You’re going to come across adversity. You’re going to be exhausted. You’re going to start with a lot of motivation. 

But if you’re not committed to exactly with a perfect picture in your mind to visualize exactly why you’re putting in the time, why you’re putting in the work, why you’re sacrificing a comfortable lifestyle, and instead going after it, facing rejection to make calls, to grow whatever you’re trying to achieve. You have to have a clear, compelling future that pulls you towards what you want. Keyword, you, what you want. Not what your friends want. Not what you think you should want or should have or should do. Quit shoulding all over yourself, please. You want something that is genuinely authentic to what makes you happy. That’s the secret. 

[00:18:43] TU: That last point is huge in the financial services space, right? Because I talked to people weekly. I experienced this myself as well, where often our goals aren’t truly our goals. The reflection of what we feel like should be our goals. Or we interpret it as someone else says it should be our goals. 

One thing you said there I want to dissect a little bit more, you kind of mentioned like, by the way, think big. As you said that, my mind went down this path how often the goals I hear from individuals, guilty as charged, no judgment to anyone else, we often limit those. I’m wondering why? So for example, right? If someone says, “Hey, I really have a goal to give philanthropically or to give,” like usually we’ll put a qualifier on that like 3, 5, 10 percent of my income, or I really want to save for retirement. 

It’s a big number. Don’t get me wrong. But we’re kind of defaulting to like what is a limit low number that is acceptable or that we’ve heard elsewhere, and our mind doesn’t naturally go towards, well, if instead of making $120,000 a year, and I gave 10% of that or $12,000, what if I made $500,000 a year? 30% of that or – Why doesn’t our mind go in that direction? Why are we kind of defaulting to this low norm, if that makes sense?

[00:20:11] AM: Excellent question. So another thing that we all know of, and I want to kind of bring this back home, is the only thing that’s going to stop you is you. Not the economy, not your circumstances, you. When I mean you, what I mean is your fear. While there’s lots of specific fears with everyone in specific situations, all humans have two fears. There’s two fears that are the most common fears, the fear of not being enough and the fear of being unlovable. 

When you’re looking at, “I want to set a goal,” if you say like, “Oh, this would be a nice increase.” Let’s say, for example, you’re making 120 grand a year, and you want to go up to 150. Just a little bit. Well, if I set 500 grand a month, that is a huge jump. That is a risk that if I don’t get it, it might mean that I’m not enough. It might mean that I can’t be loved because I didn’t get this. It’s not what’s going on. It’s not your circumstance. It’s the meaning that you give to your circumstance that is the driving force of whether you’re going to face everything and rise or fall into that fear. It’s all based on the meaning that you give something that becomes the outcome.

[00:21:29] TU: In that example, we’re essentially trying to set ourselves up to avoid failure or not even actual failure. Our perception of what that failure would be in that. So that’s interesting. Okay. That’s number three, identify the best you. Habit number four in the SMILE framework is let loose and celebrate. You say, “You need to party more, like seriously.” You will feel like you’re losing when you’re actually winning, if you do not celebrate your wins. My question here is why do we not celebrate our wins, in the same way that we dwell on our losses?

[00:22:03] AM: Let me paint a scenario that those of you watching or listening might resonate with. You work for years, for months, for, let’s say, getting a job as a pharmacist, and you get the job. You get the email. You’re on stage, getting a promotion. As they’re calling your name and reading your bio, you say, “What’s next?” You get the promotion. Then you say, “I’m going to go after this goal.” Let’s say that you launch a book. Let’s say you’re trying to get your name out there and build your personal brand. So you decide that you’re going to publish a book. So it gets released. What’s next? What’s next? What’s next? You’re so focused in the future that you’re living in a state of anxiety. 

Now, here’s something that I want to just share, as far as emotion, like why do I feel this way? What’s wrong with me? Those kinds of things that get us twisted. If you’re living in the past, you’re living in depression. If you’re focused on the future, you’re living in anxiety. But when you’re focused on the present, it is a gift, which is why it’s called the present. The attitude of gratitude is honestly the antidote for fear. 

Try this. If you’re angry, frustrated, or ticked off, I want you to think about and just look around and say one thing that you’re grateful for. Then say another and then another. It is literally impossible to be both grateful and angry or upset or overwhelmed at the same time. It is impossible. So the antidote to this, really, is to be grateful at your progress. 

Now, there is a thin line for this, and I think the best way to do it is to live it and really go after your goals because on one hand, you don’t want to rest on your laurels and take your foot off the gas, because if you’re not growing, you’re dying. So you want to constantly be pursuing the best version of you. But if you’re living in that what’s next, what’s next, what’s next, here’s the reality. You will feel like you’re losing when you’re actually winning, if you don’t take time to note how far you’ve come. 

[00:24:16] TU: 100%. Yes. 

[00:24:19] AM: That’s really it. So you say like, “Oh, Adam. There’s so much going on. I don’t know. How do I be grateful? I’ve heard this before. It’s not practical,” blah, blah, blah. So we’re going to go with the grin, with the SMILE framework, and stay on theme here. I actually found this out of a necessity when I was in a really dark time in my life many years ago because I heard this over and over and over from so many successful people. Gratitude is the antidote to everything, all this sort of stuff. 

I woke up in an anxiety attack, and I thought, how can I start this gratitude thing? So I was laying in bed, and I said, “What can I be grateful for right here right now?” So I just rolled my feet around like, “Wow, these sheets are really comfortable. I’m really grateful to have comfortable sheets.” “Wow, I’m on a comfortable mattress. I’m really grateful to have this mattress and not be laying on the floor.” “Wow, I have my own bedroom. I’m grateful to be in this bedroom.” Oh, my goodness. I own a house. Wow, I own a house, and it’s in a neighborhood that’s quiet. Just be quiet and listen. I can’t hear anything. It’s so quiet. I live in the city.” 

It became a ripple effect from wherever you are in the moment. State and feel and focus on wherever you are in the moment so that it’s real. It’s one thing to say that you’re grateful for something that might have happened. But when you can be lying in bed and feel your soft sheets, it gives evidence and makes that real. When you’re in your room, and you like peace and quiet, and you just listen to the silence, that is evidence that, yes, this is something I can be grateful. 

So the acronym I made for this is to GRIN. It’s the gratitude ripple in the now. So wherever you are, just pause and start thinking like do you have clothes on? Those probably. I mean, not everyone in the world has clothes, right? Are you standing somewhere that is safe? Is it raining outside, but you’ve got to shelter over your head? Just start where you are, and ripple from where you are outwards, and just watch what happens inside. That is truly the secret. But it’s so simple, people throw it out like, “Oh.” It’s so simple, it can’t fix my complex problem. The antidote really is that simple, and it’s so simple that it actually works.

[00:26:40] TU: Yeah. I really liked that. You and I have talked about this before. This has been transformative in my own life. So I am notorious for living in the future. Living in the present is not my jam. I will say I’m not a big dweller of the past. So that is something I’m grateful for. But what I have found is like what you describe. Publishing a book, what’s next? Giving a speaking event, what’s next? Achieving this milestone, what’s next? It’s not natural for me to really pause and be present in the moment. 

But the gratitude piece, what I have found is, and you described it perfectly, an example, when you’re laying there in bed in the midst of an anxiety attack, as you’re going through a gratitude, exercise, and reflection, it forces you to be present in the moment. It shifts your perspective and focus while you’re there as well. 

I think the trick for this, in my opinion, which you’ve really addressed here with the gratitude rip on the now, the GRIN acronym, is it doesn’t have to be like a one time in the morning, I’m going to do a gratitude exercise for five minutes. This could be a quick reminder as you’re going throughout the day because as you highlight, I mean, at any given moment of the day, we can all stop and find one thing that we’re thankful for in that moment. So I love that. 

[00:27:57] AM: One caveat to that, I don’t want to say that thinking in the future is a bad thing. You want to always be planning. This is one of the biggest sources of anxiety that pharmacists have. When you’re in pharmacy school, your goal is to graduate and get a job. So when you graduate and get a job, if you don’t have goals, you have a problem. That’s where a lot of pharmacy students transitioning to pharmacists life are. 

I don’t want to downplay how valuable forward thinking is. Just make sure that as you make those milestones, you pause, you note them, and you celebrate them however you actually can feel that celebration of your progress in the process.

[00:28:37] TU: I love that. Great input. Number five in the SMILE framework is electrify your spirit. It’s clear as we’re talking that consistency is the key here when we talk about the SMILE framework and the importance of a daily routine. You say in the e-book, “Stand guard at the doorway of your mind at the most critical time of the day, the beginning.” Tell us more about why standing guard at the beginning of the day is that important, and what are some of the habits that folks can implement to help here?

[00:29:07] AM: If you ever woke up, and you stub your toe, and then you realize that you’re late, and you get a red light, and then your tech doesn’t show up, or someone comes and yells at you, and what do you say? Wow, this day keeps going from bad to worse. It is a ripple effect from what you focus on, literally taking all that we’ve looked at through the SMILE framework, starting with shifting your focus. 

When you wake up in the morning, you have a clean slate. You are starting with a brand new bank account of time for those 24 hours. If the first thing you look at or think about is your to-do list or the news or all the things that you wish you did, then that’s going to ripple and transcend the whole mood of your day. So it literally – You all know this is true, but we all do it. 

Again, simple doesn’t mean easy, especially if this is a habit that you’ve had for a long time, the simplest thing, to stand guard at the door of your mind is to not touch your phone for the first half hour, hour, whatever that might be. For me, it’s two hours because it’s that sacred of time. Because think about it. People want to get your attention, news highlights. They’re not talking about new puppies that were given out for free. They’re talking about stabbings and murder and death. 

[00:30:35] TU: Push notification. Push notification. 

[00:30:37] AM: Yeah, yeah. All that stuff. It’s grabbing your attention. Your eyeballs are the new real estate. That’s what everyone is after. The best way to get them, again, coming back to an original point, is your brain, and your brain is wired to keep you alive. So it is going to be focused on any potential threat as a means to protect you. 

So knowing that, that’s how media and everyone uses that fact of your physiology to grab your attention, to lead with danger and all these negative things. So if you can just give yourself an hour to instead of let other people direct how your day is going to go and really own your hour and decide and declare that I am going to fill the first hour, half hour, whatever you allow, that that first fruit of your day needs to be given and stewarded in a way that it sets the tone and ripples you towards the compelling future that you want. Instead of I have to avoid all this stuff that I don’t want. 

Really start simple. The phone is the most effective thing, and that’s hard for a lot of people. I remember when I first did this years ago. It was like an addiction, and it’s just how we are in society. But it’s become normalized to the point where no one really questions it. But when you realize that by doing that, you’re giving control of your mind and focus to other people that just want your eyeballs, and want you to click and scroll and all this stuff, it puts you in the driver’s seat so that you can now intentionally be present on what you want to do. 

You can start simple. This is my routine. This has evolved over the years. I start off by saying, “Good morning, Jesus Christ. Holy Spirit, fill me and guide me, so I can be a blessing in your way through this day. Today is going to be an amazing, outstanding day.” Then I take a five-minute freezing cold shower, I read my devotional, I jump in the Bible, and then I’m off on my 45-minute walk. That’s how I start. 

Now, that might not be practical for you. You might genuinely like realistically have five minutes. In those five minutes, don’t be on your phone and start with the gratitude ripple, the GRIN. So start where you are to start listing things you’re grateful for. I promise, if you do that every day for 30 days, you’ll feel like a totally different person.

[00:33:11] TU: Yeah. It’s about winning the start of the day, whether that’s five minutes or three hours, right? Some people, maybe there’s more flexibility and time, whatever. Many folks, that’s not the case. Winning the day and the momentum and, as you mentioned, the ripple effect that can come from that. I love that. 

Mine has evolved over time, and there are certain seasons where I’m humming every day. There’s other seasons where I kind of fall off track. You give yourself some grace. You get back on. But I consistently come back to a noticeable, palpable difference. I’m sure Jess and the boys would say that they can see it as well when I start and win the day. Because what I have found, and this has taken a while to really, I think, realize and work through, is that things can just begin to quickly unravel, and you throw your hands up, if things aren’t going in the steps I think they should go. 

What I’ve really, especially with my four boys, is that it is rare, very rare, actually, that their behavior changes in any given day. It’s my perspective, patience, and mindset, coming into my interactions with them. When I walk out of my home office door, that first two to five minutes, which is on me and my responsibility, sets the tone for the rest of the evening, the rest of the evening. For the longest time, I’d kind of throw my hands up a little bit of a victim mentality of like, “Ah, man. They are so loud, Adam. They are so loud. Can’t they just be quiet?” It’s like I remember I had this conversation with my wife one time. It’s like, “They really don’t change a lot in any given day.” 

I mean, sure, there’s a behavior thing here there, but like it really is like my mindset, my preparation, my awareness. That, obviously, is talking more about the second half of the day. But same can be said, I think, for the first part of the day as well. 

[00:35:04] AM: Yes. Tim, you said something that was such a gem, I have to bring it to the forefront. You said, “I have to give myself some grace.” I really want everyone listening to this to understand, embody, and implement that. Because if you’re listening to this, chances are you’re not like – You’re going after the best version of you. 

I mean, if you’re listening to a podcast, if you’re in this community, it’s because you want more. You know you’re destined to be more, to give more, to do more, to contribute. Not just to improve your life but to be an impact on those that you are blessed to influence. That’s ultimate leadership is influence. So when you’re in this journey, remember that it is not about a destination. It’s about who you become in the process. It is about progress, not perfection. 

So if you’re wanting to be a good leader, if you’re wanting to be the best employee, wherever you are in your career, if you want to receive something like grace, because we all are very human, the best way to receive something is to give it. To the point of finances, so many people, one of the reasons that they want to save, and call me on this, if I’m wrong, Tim. You’re the pro of the pros. One of the reasons that people give to save money and make more is so that they can have more to give away. They can contribute to their church, whatever it might be. True or true. 

[00:36:36] TU: True, true. Yep. 

[00:36:38] AM: So here’s the challenge. This is very humbling, but this is literally the cheat codes for life. This is how it works. Whenever you identify whatever it is you want to receive, you must become it and go give it because, especially with finance, here’s the reality. If you won’t give a dime out of a dollar, you’ll never give a million out of a billion. So it’s not I’ll wait until. It’s how can you give from where you are right now. Because whatever you give will come back to you tenfold. 

Now, that’s not the reason that you give. But the secret, the life hack, the behind the scenes truth is that the secret to living is giving. When you embody that and say, “If I want this to come in my life, how can I become it,” and then use that to give and serve others, your life will never be the same, and you will actually start to find that you are smiling more than you ever thought possible.

[00:37:39] TU: Oh, man. That is so true and so much wisdom in that that I think we can fall into that trap, and it is a trap to think that in that day in the future, a future state when I’ve got X in the bank, at that point, like I’ll be ready in a position to give. To your point about building that habit and that muscle and making that a priority, so important. 

There you have it, the SMILE framework. As always, Dr. Adam Martin, it has been a pleasure. I’m so grateful for you as a friend and a colleague. For folks that don’t yet know you and follow your work, which I think are few and far between listening to this, but for folks that don’t, where’s the best place that they can go to stay in touch with you?

[00:38:22] AM: Thank you, Tim. So, so honored. So I’ve had the honor and privilege of working with and helping many pharmacists and students grow their personal brands all across the world. Your brand is my favorite because you embody the principles and values. You are the best steward of your gifts I’ve ever seen in my life. So it is such an honor. 

[00:38:40] TU: Thank you. 

[00:38:41] AM: I just want to give a shameless plug of real talk real real quick there. But if you want to see more smiling faces and goofy things, feel free. The best place to interact with me is on Instagram, all one word, @thefitpharmacist. I also have a podcast that I’ve been running for a little over five years now a new episode every week. It is The Fit Pharmacist Healthcare Podcast. That’s on your favorite podcast platforms, iHeart Radio, iTunes, Spotify. You name it, I’m there. So feel free to subscribe on there if you want more content, also on LinkedIn. But, yeah, feel free to interact and engage. 

But definitely make sure, if you’re not for some crazy reason, following Tim and Your Financial Pharmacist because he has such a gift for connecting and nurturing people that have an incredible spirit and value within them. That he invests and nurtures so that they can then become the people that go and nurture and gift them. Just an amazing quality that you have, Tim, and I’m just really inspired by you personally. So seriously, thank you for who you are and who you continue to become.

[00:39:50] TU: Awesome, man. That means the world to me, really, guys. I really appreciate that, and I’m so grateful for you and appreciate you taking the time to come on here. Thanks, Adam. 

[00:39:59] AM: An honor. Thank you. 

[END OF INTERVIEW]

[00:40:01] TU: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. 

Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts, and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist, unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward-looking statements that are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. 

Thank you, again, for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week. 

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 280: How and Why This Pharmacist Pivoted to a Writing Career


Dr. Warda Nawaz discusses what led her to leave her full-time pharmacy job just 3 months in, how and why she pivoted to a career in writing, and what she has learned about herself in the early stages of entrepreneurship. 

About Today’s Guest

Warda Nawaz is a freelance medical writer and a creative writer of YA fantasy fiction. She is also the owner of her online medical writing business, Jasmine Medical, which empowers women to take ownership of their bodies by communicating health content that educates professionals and consumers. Warda also currently has a young adult novel set for publication, which discusses women’s experiences with misogyny, predation, and violence. Her goal is to promote the perspectives and experiences of minority women and to encourage other women to embrace creative endeavors by placing their narratives, fiction, and non-fiction, in the publishing space.

Episode Summary

In this week’s episode, Co-Founder & CEO, Tim Ulbrich, PharmD, is joined by Dr. Warda Nawaz, a freelance medical writer and creative writer of young adult fantasy fiction. In their discussion, Warda shares what led her to leave her full-time pharmacy job after just three months, how and why she pivoted to a career in writing, and what she has learned about herself in the early stages of entrepreneurship. After walking through her pharmacy journey, Warda details how the start of her career aligned with the initial events of the COVID-19 pandemic in the United States, making for a challenging and unusual career kick-off. Just a few months into her pharmacy position, Warda experienced a life-altering event that changed her career and the trajectory of her life. No longer able to endure the physical demands of her pharmacy job, Warda poured herself into her passion: writing. Now, as a writer, Warda has found herself in the medical and young adult fantasy fiction spaces. Her new career in writing has afforded her more work/life balance and allowed her to focus on her health. While she may have more flexibility, this new pathway in writing has not come without challenges, which Warda explains. Warda details how, through entrepreneurship, she has grown along the way, taking courses and coaching to improve her online presence, mindset, and marketing in her new creative career. 

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRO]

[00:00:00] TU: Hey, everybody. Tim Ulbrich here, and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast, where each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. 

This week, I had the pleasure of interviewing Dr. Warda Nawaz, as we discuss what led her to leave her full-time pharmacy job just three months in, how and why she pivoted to a career in writing, and what she has learned about herself in the early stages of entrepreneurship.

Now, before we jump into the show, I recognize that many listeners may not be aware of what the team at YFP Planning does in working one on one with more than 250 households in 40-plus states. YFP Planning offers fee-only high-touch financial planning that is customized for the pharmacy professional. If you’re interested in learning more about how working one on one with a certified financial planner may help you achieve your financial goals, you can book a free discovery call at yfpplanning.com. Whether or not YFP Planning’s financial planning services are a good fit for you, know that we appreciate your support of this podcast and our mission to help pharmacists achieve financial freedom. 

Okay, let’s jump into my interview with Dr. Warda Nawaz. 

[INTERVIEW]

[00:01:10] TU: Warda, welcome to the show.

[00:01:11] WN: Hi, Tim. It’s so nice to be here. Thank you for having me.

[00:01:14] TU: Yes. I’m excited to share your story with the YFP community, and really talk about how and why you pivoted to writing for a living, maybe a more nontraditional career path. We’re going to talk about that journey, why you made that pivot, what you’re currently working on, some lessons that you learned along the way as well. 

But first, let’s start with your pharmacy journey. Where did you go to school? When did you graduate? And what drew you into the profession of pharmacy?

[00:01:41] WN: Yeah. So I graduated in 2019 from pharmacy school. I went to California North State University. I’m from California. I’ve lived here most of my life. So I just went to a local pharmacy school, which was nice. It saved me money, somewhat. I originally had plans to do residency, but I didn’t do that. I got into pharmacy because I majored in neurobiology, physiology, and behavior. So I had a scientific background, a very strong one. 

The next logical step to me seemed like, “Okay, let’s build on that. Let’s do something with that.” At that time, I was really struggling with either let’s – Do I go the writing route? Or do I stick with the sciences? I have loved writing all my life, and it was always a passion of mine. But I also come from a community and a culture where the arts and the sciences are kind of looked down upon, and they’re not really taken very seriously. So I didn’t know if I could build a very serious career out of that, and I was discouraged from pursuing it. 

So it was a very big struggle right after undergrad to figure out, well, what do I want to do? So I stayed one extra year in undergrad to figure out which health profession do I want to go into. I chose pharmacy in the end because I ended up taking a class on the neurobiology of addictive drugs, and I got so fascinated by how drugs can change the human physiology and the behavior. I also noticed that there’s a really big problem in this country with substance abuse and drug addiction. I wanted to play a role with that as a pharmacist. 

That’s where my initial interest sparked. So I decided to go work in the community setting, and that’s what I was doing for the past two years. I was working on the frontlines of the pandemic. It was odd because I started working right when the world changed. So I never knew what a normal work situation looks like because everything was changing by the time I had just been hired. I got hired in March when the pandemic was announced. So everything had already changed. So it was odd, but it was interesting. But, yeah, that’s why I got into pharmacy.

[00:03:48] TU: So you mentioned 2019, you graduated, worked a couple years in community practice, and made a transition, which we’ll talk about here in a moment. Obviously, you’re in the thick of it in the pandemic. I’m curious, though, you mentioned a culture where some of the arts may not be as highly regarded and, obviously, we’re talking here about a career in writing. Where did that interest in writing come from? Can you remember back to your youth, having that love for writing? Where did that come from?

[00:04:16] WN: So I grew up in Pakistan. As you know, Pakistan was colonized by the British. So English was part of our language. In our culture, at least, I know growing up, I did not grow up reading books or novels per se, not like fiction novels anyway. I mean, there are books, obviously. There’s books in every country and nation and culture. But I realized there was something missing in my culture in regards to self-expression. I just didn’t see as much of people pursuing writing careers or scholarly kind of pursuits, and I had this burning desire to write stories, to share experiences. 

I remember sitting down when I was like seven years old, and I was like sitting right next to my mom. One of my assignments was to write like a story in English. My English then was very like broken and not very good. My mom had done a master’s in English, so she basically told me the story, and I just wrote it down. But it was all her ideas. I realized when I grew up, I want to have my own ideas. I don’t want somebody to tell me what to do or what to write. I want to create my own stuff. I want to write my own stories. I want to create my own material and then be able to share it with the world. 

I just didn’t have that power growing up. Like I was told, “This is what you need to memorize. This is what you need to know.” Then you just spit it out on a test, and I didn’t like that method. I didn’t like that way of learning. I wanted to compile different pieces of information and put it together, but I want it to be my own idea. I got that critical analysis and thinking, kind of learning more so when I came to the United States because the United States has a very different educational system and, I would say, approach to learning.

It’s very different from my own home country where over there, it’s more about regurgitation and memorization, which that works too for sciences. You got to memorize some things. But over here, there’s a little bit more, I would say, freedom to analyze and to criticize and to create. There’s more opportunities to publish, to write, to do things. I needed that freedom, and that’s what I was seeking.

[00:06:37] TU: Yeah. What a great time in 2022. We’ll talk more about this. But when it comes to opportunities for publishing and writing, it’s a much more open space than it used to be in 15, 20 years ago. So you have this initial flame through this experience as a child that uncovers this desire to really tell your own story, to write your own story. Then you go down this path into the sciences in the pharmacy school. But sure enough, this flame would remain and would come back. 

So a few months ago, on LinkedIn, of which I really enjoy following you, and I hope our listeners will as well, you posted about a brutal wakeup call that you had in 2020 that ultimately changed the trajectory of your career and your life. Can you tell us about that, and what shift started to happen career-wise through that experience?

[00:07:26] WN: It was actually kind of sad because I was only three months into my pharmacy, first professional job as an adult, first job. Just imagine, you’re entering, and you’re so excited, and all you want to do is go and help people. I mean, this is what I’ve been training my whole life to do, right, or at least my four years in pharmacy school to do. I was traveling as a pharmacist. I worked in the Northern California region, so I had to travel a lot. I got into a car accident while driving to work. 

The accident ended up damaging my foot in such a severe way that I couldn’t stand or walk for a couple months. My job, obviously, required me to be on my feet and to be very mobile and to move around. It was a very physically demanding job, and I was like, “Well, how am I supposed to do my job if I can’t even stand? I can’t even drive.” I couldn’t drive for a very long time. So that was a bit traumatic and also just PTSD. I didn’t want to go out and drive anymore. I was like, “I’m done.” 

I did take the time to, obviously, recover and do everything the doctor told me to do. But then I went back, obviously, because I wanted to get back in the game and do what you’re supposed to do. But I realized I kept suffering. My suffering had not ended. My pain was persisting. I was having more injuries at work. I was suffering with more stress and more setbacks. My car was vandalized, which was lovely. I mean, I was seeing like signs after signs after signs that like, “Maybe you’re not where you need to be because you need to do something where you can thrive and you can – You shouldn’t have to kill yourself for your job, essentially. You should be thriving and having a good time.” 

That’s not what was happening. I was not having a good time. Every morning, it was like waking up to like some dark abyss. I was like, “What have I gotten myself into? This is not making me feel excited.” During that time when I was recovering and I was just immobile and just sitting on my couch, I picked up my manuscript that I’ve been working on for many years, and I started working on it again. I’m like, “I have nothing else to do. I’m going to just work on my book. I’m going to pick up my writing and work on it because it doesn’t require a lot of driving. It doesn’t require me to be physically like on my feet.” I’m like, “I’m being productive. I’m using my mind. I’m using my research skills. I’m creating something. I’m being productive. Why don’t I do this? Well, why did I like leave this? Why did I abandon this?” 

That was wake up call. It was me realizing that you can lie to yourself about all that you want. About like, “This is not what I’m supposed to do.” But I think life will always try to push you back to where you need to be, sometimes in traumatic ways. But I think you need to listen to yourself and your intuition, and that’s basically what happened but in a more, obviously, very sudden way.

[00:10:23] TU: Yeah. I want to read for a moment from that post because one of the things I really appreciate about your journey is that, obviously, the impact that you’re having through your writing and will have through your writing but also the impact and motivation you’re providing to others. One of the things you said in that post was, “This, my friends, was a wakeup call and a much needed setback in my life that reset my life and career goals. Today, I no longer travel for work. Today, I write for a living. I wake up every morning, looking forward to having control of my life, building my medical writing business, and working on my debut novel, and feeling alive in the process. I don’t put myself in dangerous situations daily so that I can bring home a paycheck. I live my life with more uncertainty but also more freedom and reward. I also live with a greater appreciation for adversity and embrace it for what it has taught me.”

So as you hear those words now, a few months later as you’ve made this leap, what jumps out at you? I mean, I’m sure this has been a challenging season. It’s not all rainbows and butterflies, right? You made a significant jump from a very known entity in terms of the work that you were doing. But how have you reflected on that over the last few months, since you made that post?

[00:11:34] WN: I feel the same way. Everything that I said in that is 100% still true, still true, holds true. There is a lot of uncertainty in, I guess, my line of business, freelancing, because it’s not a set job. You’re not working for a company, and you don’t have set hours per se. You are your own boss. You have to go out and find clients. You have to take the initiative. You have to be constantly showing up for yourself. So you have to divide your time and block out your day and block out your schedule. There’s a lot of self-initiative that you have to take in order to do this work. There is uncertainty in that sense because you know that every day will look a little bit different, and you don’t know how much work that you’ll be given or that you’ll be blessed with.

Then for the novel writing, I mean, it’s something I have to block out time for that as well. Finally, after 10 years of putting it away and finally picking it up and doing it and I’ve actually tried to come up with a routine. I’m going to write in the morning, and I’m going to write in the evening, and I’m actually taking classes to help me learn how do publish authors who are successful and who’ve been in the business, how have they been doing it? Because I know it’s – How have they written like 50 novels? Like they must have a method, right? 

So I’m learning from the experts, like what did they do to make themselves so productive? Because you only have so many hours in a day and so many years in your life, so I’m doing what I can to make my time most efficient. I also use these last few months to recover. I had surgery in June. So I was also taking this time to improve my health. All of that is in your hands when you are your own boss. I mean, you decide when do you want to take a sick day, when do you want to be like working like crazy. I mean, it’s all up to you. But you have to show up every day for yourself. 

[00:13:26] TU: Warda, when you made this transition, was there any overlap? Had you been working on establishing some of the medical writing business or even perhaps some of the novel work? Or was this a hard like, “I’m out and I’m going to begin to build this thing from scratch.”?

[00:13:41] WN: No, no, no. Yeah, yeah. I was already – There was some groundwork already done. For the novel writing, I had already finished my novel or my book in pharmacy school. So that was already done. That was a said and done thing. That was something on the backburner. I neglected it because I was now in the sciences and had zero time to write. I realized I can’t be writing full time and doing my day job. So I had to pick something. Obviously, the accidents and all these other events made me eventually choose one or the other. 

Then for the medical writing, actually, I had done coaching in 2021, when I was still in my pharmacy day job with Happy PharmD. That kind of helped me figure out and establish myself a little bit better on LinkedIn and also build my network a bit more. It also helped me connect with other medical writers. I met Brittany Hoffmann, an RX author, and I met Sophie Ash as well. I followed her for a very long time. I followed her content, her story, and I connected with her. I messaged her a couple times, just asking her questions about, “What is it like to have your own business, and how do taxes work? I don’t know what this is like. Can I actually make a living doing this? Do you ever find it struggling to pay bills?” 

So I asked these kinds of questions before I totally jumped because I didn’t want to jump and then not be like, “Oh, my God. Now, I’m all alone. What do I do?” So I had kind of done the groundwork, and I was talking and asking questions, and I attended webinars for medical writing as well and on LinkedIn, through LinkedIn, through people in the industry to help me learn more. I was following all these successful entrepreneurs, and I saw what they were doing. I’m like, “Oh, my God. Why is everybody starting a business? I guess this is the thing now.” 

But I was like maybe this is like the modern age. It’s like where you have to be your own boss because nobody wants to be in the pharmacy setting. Maybe everybody wants to create their own thing. But it wasn’t just for me like following a fad. It was also knowing that like I was being very honest with myself. I’m like, “If I do open a business, can I maintain it? And it also has to be a business I’m passionate about.” I was like, “What kind of business should I start?” I was like, “The only one I can think of right now is medical writing.” So I got into the medical writing coaching program in January 2022, literally January 1st, 2022, first of the year. A month and a half into it after I got one client, I know that doesn’t sound very successful now does it? But –

[00:16:14] TU: Well, yeah. You got to start somewhere, right? Yeah.

[00:16:17] WN: Right. So I actually started having people approached me and asked me for projects and things. So I was like, “You know what? I think I’m going to do this. But in order to do this, I need to let go of my day job because there’s no way in heck I can split my brain in like for my day job and do this.” At that point, I had to make the difficult decision of jumping ship and putting my resignation for my day job, so I can focus on my business. Because I was like, “There’s no way I can do both.” 

I mean, I do like the income side that comes with that security of that day job. But then I was like, at some point, you have to take a risk. From every advice that I’ve been given from the people who are way ahead of me, for these entrepreneurs, they say that you have to take calculated risks. You have to take risks. There’s just no reward if you don’t even try. So I was like, “I have to try at least.”

[00:17:10] TU: That was part of the reason I wanted to ask that question was because I hear from a lot of pharmacists that may have an idea, but they’re caught in between. When do I potentially take that risk? Can I bridge this and do two things at once? You mentioned calculated risk. Did you consider at one point like a part-time role, and then you’d work on the business part time? Or apparently, if not, like what really led you to this path of like, “I’m going to go all in.”?

[00:17:38] WN: It was at that point, honestly, my health was suffering so much, my mental and my physical health. There was no way I could have kept going at my day job. I couldn’t drive for long periods of time already. I had work restrictions. Standing on my feet hurt my foot. My work condition actually got worse as a result. So I knew if I chose my day job, just in order to keep the income and the sense of security, I was only going to dig myself deeper. I had already done that for the last two years. So I knew at that point, I had to pick me, even if it hurt me financially a little bit in the beginning anyway. 

So I had started to save up, and I was being very careful with how I was spending my money. Obviously, the coaching was an investment as well. So I calculated everything like, “Okay, how much have I spent? How much am I planning on actually making a return on this investment?” So I had to put all of that into consideration before I jumped. But at some point, you have to do it because there’s – You can’t predict all, everything that’s going to happen, right? You cannot. There’s no way. But you can just look at your bank balance and be like, “Do I have enough to kind of keep me going for the next few months? Is my lifestyle –” Like change your lifestyle. If you think you – You have to change who you are as well, right? You have to change your own lifestyle and habits that might be contributing to your financial distress. 

I’m no financial expert. You are, so maybe people can come to you and ask you about that. But I don’t invest money or anything. But, I mean, I know people do. People go into real estate and things like that. I, obviously, am way too young and early in my journey to know about all that. But I just make smart decisions and know what you have and save some for the next few months or maybe even a year ahead. It’ll help you so much during times of uncertainty or during times when you’re not getting any work.

[00:19:37] TU: Let me follow up on that because one of the things I often hear from pharmacists I talk with that have an idea and that could be a different position, that could be a business that they want to pursue, it could be a variety of nonprofit they want to start, is I can sense the passion and the idea. Then it’s often their financial position that really gives them pause about whether or not I should move forward. I think for many 2019 grads, such as yourself, they have an idea. They might be thinking, “Yeah, I have an idea. But I’ve got $200,000 of student loan debt. I feel like I need to be saving and investing for the future. I’m trying to buy a home. I’m trying to do other things.” 

So my question for you is how are you able to reconcile some of that tension personally when it comes to the finances? Obviously, position and community practice can afford some of that safety net and some guarantee to be able to overcome some of those concerns, financially, personally, to be able to make that leap into the business. Was it coming up with a certain amount of savings? Was it evaluating other parts of the plan? How were you able to think through that and ultimately make that decision, despite perhaps some of those financial stressors that were there?

[00:20:48] WN: So I’m blessed in that I do have family to support me. I don’t have to pay rent. I don’t have a mortgage. I didn’t buy a home. I don’t have kids. I can’t say that for everybody. Everybody’s situation is different. If you’re a single mom with kids, I know your situation will be totally different from mine, and my advice will, obviously, not be helpful. But it kind of helped that I was single, and I didn’t have tiny kids to take care of, and I had family to lean on to help me during this time. 

That being said, obviously, it was still a decision I made, knowing that maybe my family will not approve because it’s a risky one. So, yes, in the beginning, I was getting resistance and kind of side-eye look like, “How could you do this?” But ultimately, it was about them knowing that my health matters more than finances ever will. There is no point in being alive or having a six-figure whatever job if you’re not alive tomorrow, and you’re going to spend your days in the hospital, or you’re going to be going back to the medical office again for an issue that was exacerbated by your job. You have to ultimately pick and choose what is most important to you, what’s important right now, and what’s going to be most helpful for you in the long run. In the long run, my health was most important. 

Also, for me, writing is very important. I can lose my ability to walk. Fine. But I do not want to lose my ability to write. I don’t want to have like a hand injury. I don’t want to have a brain injury. I want – There are certain things I know I will not compromise. So you have to as an individual choose what are you willing to compromise and let go of and sacrifice in order to do what you truly love and what makes you feel alive. That even if you lose one of those things, it’s not going to like ruin your day, and it’s not going to ruin your life. 

Did my accident ruin my life? No, I think it just set me on a better path, and it helped me realize and reset my goals like, yeah, this is fine. Yes, I’m kind of in a financial rut right now. I’m not – I don’t have a six-figure income right now. I am struggling financially, right? But I have put the steps in to connect with people, which people are your wealth, essentially, right? Like your network is your net worth. So you don’t know what opportunities might come through the people and the relationships you’ve built. 

I look at it that way. If you just look at the balance sheet, then you’ll always feel disappointed in yourself. You’ll always feel like, “I’m not good enough.” I had a six-figure income, but I was not happy. So that, to me, was enough evidence to know that it’s not just about money. It’s about your quality of life. If you don’t have the quality of life you want, it doesn’t matter how much income or how much work is being sent your way. You could still be having a very bad day. So look at the quality of life, rather than just the balance sheet. 

I know in business that’s when most people like to follow the paper trail. It’s like, “Oh, how much money?” But it’s like that’s exactly why I did writing because I’m running away from that. I don’t want it to be all about that. So I’m okay not making six figures, as long as I am getting by, and I can change my lifestyle accordingly, like stop living so lavishly, stop buying unnecessary things, and lean on others. It’s okay to lean on others. You don’t have to have it all figured out. People assume that you hit a certain age, you have to have it all figured out. That’s not true. It’s a myth. Society told you, you have to have it all figured out, and you don’t have to. 

[00:24:25] TU: That’s right. 

[00:24:26] WN: Lean on your tribe. Lean on people you love.

[00:24:29] TU: That’s right, especially people. You mentioned a couple of folks earlier, Brittany and others. We had Megan Freeland on the show in 259. But others who have been down this path that you can lean on and learn from that have been down a similar journey. We talk often on the show that a good financial plan really has to be able to, yes, we got to take care of the future and plan ahead and think about 15, 20, 30 years down the road. But we also have to live a rich life along the way, and part of living a rich life is doing work that you love and contributing in a meaningful way based on the gifts that, obviously, you’ve been given and the impact that you can have. I think our work is often a piece of that. That can be so important. 

I’m curious, Warda, because I enjoy writing as a hobby. I won’t claim to be a great writer. I just – It really is a fun creative outlet. I like to do it. But there’s a whole different level in terms of like writing for enjoyment as a hobby to like going pro, right? This is like my main thing. So I’m curious, and you mentioned writers that have published 50 books and others. But how has that journey been where you’ve got to now have the discipline, the schedules, and making sure you’re writing so much per day? Like do you still maintain the energy and enthusiasm for the work? How do you build those disciplines and routines into the schedule each week to make sure that the production’s moving forward?

[00:25:54] WN: I’m actually part of a writing mastery academy. It’s basically a website created by a very successful bestselling author. She’s written like 20 novels, and she has a lot of content and coursework on there about exactly the questions that you asked like lifestyle, routine, things like that. But also like how to write quickly and efficiently so you can actually make a living out of doing this, how to sell your work, marketing because these are all these skills that, obviously, I did not learn in pharmacy school, right? These are new skills I’m learning and developing constantly. 

I have talked to authors as well. Then I’ve talked to publishing experts about like writers conferences and where you can meet people and you can develop yourself. So it’s basically like in pharmacy, where you go to conferences. You network. You talk to people, right? There’s just like that with the writing industry as well. There are so many writers conferences. I was like googling it the other day, and there’s like a million of them. I’m actually scheduled to go to one in LA. God willingly it works out in August. There’s another one in Kauai in November that I’m planning on going to. It’s, obviously, editors will be there. Agents will be there. Published authors will be there. There’s webinars, master classes. There’s workshops. You get feedback on your manuscript. I already have a manuscript, and I’m like I’ve prepared a pitch. You just kind of prepare yourself. 

For me, the daily routine – Right now, because my manuscript is done, my focus is more on preparing my manuscript, you could say, for sharing to an agent. So it has to be like polished and beautiful. So I’m like doing those last minute look through and read through on that. I’m also part of a beta reader and critique partner group in the community as well. So I have like a group of writers who are writing in my genre to read and provide me with feedback. All of that is happening simultaneously. So you have to start thinking of your writing as a business as well like, “This is my new identity. This is my career.” 

Then you start developing yourself. Go to conferences. Connect with beta readers. Connect with other writers. Have them give you feedback. Improve your work. Don’t take it personally. It’s not about you. It’s about the work and the quality of work that the publishing industry expects you to produce. I used to be like that. In the beginning, I used to take everything personally like, “Oh, my God. They hate me.” It’s like, “No, it’s not about you.” There’s certain standards in every industry, and you have to know about them, and that’s what I’m building myself. I’m learning from experts. That’s what I’m doing right now.

[00:28:35] TU: Warda, a couple of weeks ago on LinkedIn, you posted something about reaching out to an author that you’ve looked up to and was somewhat surprised, I think, by the response that you received. Can you tell us about that story and what you learned through that interaction?

[00:28:50] WN: Yeah. So as an author, a teen fantasy author that I had read her books when I was a teen, and I reached out to her, basically asking her like – I’m not asking her anything, but just kind of telling her, “Hey, I’ve read your books my whole life. And, oh, my God, I really admire you. And now, I’m starting to also become a published author. And do you have any advice for me?” Then she told me that like, “The best advice that I was given was that you should never stop writing.” She also told me about writers conferences, and she told me to develop myself more and to meet people in the industry. 

It just basically told me that even if you’re like the only person in your family or whatever who’s pursuing this path, don’t feel discouraged and just start. I think, for me, at least, I know I’m a perfectionist. I’m very hard on myself. I’m very self-critical. I’m like, “Will I ever be good enough?” But I think it starts with you not trying to compare yourself to people who are already well-established and knowing that everybody has to start somewhere. Yeah. I just loved her response because she was so supportive. It’s, obviously, a very big deal when it’s somebody that you actually read their works, and you really admire it. A lot of her stuff actually helped inspire me to get into this genre as well. So that was cool.

[00:30:15] TU: I love that that story because I think that for whatever reason, when I talk to aspiring pharmacy entrepreneurs, and I encourage them to do what you just did, reach out to someone who’s doing something, along the work that you, obviously, admire and can learn from, there’s this perception that like people are unreachable, untouchable. I think more often than not, not always but more often than not, people are willing to share. People are willing to be encouraging. That might mean other pharmacists. Or in this case, it might mean not pharmacists and, obviously, other people that are out there. 

I think taking a little bit of a leap of faith to reach out to 3, 5, 7, 10 people, and get some input, feedback, someone that will be willing to take some time to bounce some ideas off and not necessarily just make the assumption that, “Oh, they’re too busy. They’re not going to take time to listen to what I have to say.” So I was glad to see that. That was a neat example. 

Warda, when I think about the transition to starting your own business, it can be exciting, and it can be overwhelming. It’s, obviously, exciting as you explore an area that you’re passionate about. But it also can be overwhelming. That there’s just a lot of things that you have to do and to put in place, and that could be things like setting up the actual infrastructure of the business. That could be now you’re having to market yourself and sales and reach out to folks. 

As you reflect on this journey and making this transition from employee to entrepreneur, have there been one or two areas that you can identify that have really been opportunities, whether you want to call them bumps in the road or opportunities to grow and to learn that you really have experienced and learned about yourself through this transition?

[00:32:00] WN: Yeah. There have been a couple of opportunities, where I’ve definitely learned new skills that I didn’t have before. Well, number one is, obviously, social media and being comfortable being on that platform. Figuring out, well, what’s the best platform to develop your presence? Depending on what kind of business you’re setting up, it will be different. For medical writing, I mean, LinkedIn is good enough. I could explore other options. But right now, I’m just staying focused on LinkedIn. It’s a very intellectual platform. I think, yeah, LinkedIn is just good for meeting other professionals because it’s focused more on your career development. So I like that. 

Then for my author platform, that is something I’m still looking into. I know a lot of authors use Instagram for that and also Twitter as well. So I was actually going to enroll myself in a master class to figure that out. There’s also a conference in San Francisco coming up in which a couple of speakers talk about what is the best platform that authors can establish themselves prior to putting their book out there. But the important part is to promote yourself and to be constantly present. That is the best way to grow. If nobody can find you, nobody – You can’t grow and your business can’t grow. So you have to be comfortable being in this space, in the public space. 

That is something that I, obviously, had to learn to do. It doesn’t come easy because I’m an introvert, and I’m extremely shy about being in this open space. It feels very awkward at times, but I know it’s part and parcel of just being in this business, even as an author. We’re very reclusive. We’re like, “Oh, don’t come near me. We don’t want cameras on us. We don’t want the attention.” But we do want our work to be known. But it’s not like – It’s hard. You have to eventually realize the focus is, in the end, not going to be on you but more on the types of work that you’re putting out there. So just learning about that, it’s a mindset shift as well. 

Also, another, I guess, hard skill that I learned, besides just developing an online presence, marketing, learning how to sell yourself. I mean, that’s pretty – I’m still developing that. I’m by no means an expert. I’m still figuring out, okay, what software should I use, if I want somebody to like buy something from me? Setting that up and also website. I have built a website, but it’s a DIY, do-it-yourself website. It’s not by any means done by a professional or a graphic designer. So I was learning about like graphic designing a little bit, like what fonts work, what colors work. I was just tinkering with it. I’m not an expert, but I’m figuring it out. What really helped –

[00:34:52] TU: Got to start. 

[00:34:52] WN: Yeah, exactly. That’s why I did the coaching program because it taught me all those skills. Week by week, we went and focused on different issues. So the first week, I think we focused on building your online presence. The second week, we worked on the resume. Third week, we worked on writing samples and portfolio, so having an actual thing to showcase. Then fourth week, I think we worked on something else. Then fifth week, we worked on building the website. So each week, we focused on something else, and that’s how I basically ended up building the infrastructure of my business like, “Okay, this is how I’m going to market myself. This is the platform that I’m going to use.” 

It’s up to you as a business owner. Do you want to have a website? It is an investment. That’s why I say like save a little bit ahead of time, so you can prepare yourself for this. But just also know it doesn’t have to be all squared away in the beginning. You can always invest more professionally later. But at least I got the basic groundwork. Also, do you want to have a logo for your company? Come up with a company name. Figure out a logo. Logo is not that important. But, I mean, it helps. It kind of makes you feel good if you created something for yourself, right? 

For medical writing, if you’re opening your own business or a company, it’s good to register it as an LLC, limited liability company, so you can protect yourself from liability. So all of that.

[00:36:15] TU: That’s great, and I admire your hunger to learn. I’ve heard you mentioned, at least three or four times, different courses you’ve jumped in to learn through new things, different communities that you’ve jumped in. So I think that hunger to learn, that motivation to recognize, it’s one of the gifts we have of living in 2022, right? We can pretty easily, if we’re willing to put in the time and the effort, go out and find opportunities where we can learn and grow our skills. So I love that mindset. I love not only the hunger to learn but also the hunger to just implement and get started, even if it’s not perfect, and really to step outside of your comfort zone. 

I would encourage you, and I think you do an awesome job of this that as you continue on this mission and the work that you’re doing, on some level, it’s a responsibility to put yourself out there because, yes, it’s increasing the awareness of your work. But I can also assure you that it’s also motivating others in their own journey. I think that is perhaps equally as exciting. 

This has been fun, and I look forward to continuing to watch your journey as you progress with the business. Where is the best place that folks can go to connect with you and to continue to follow your work? 

[00:37:27] WN: Oh, that’s so sweet. LinkedIn, I’m on LinkedIn. I’m thinking of actually creating an Instagram account. I was told by somebody in the publishing industry like, “Oh, you should have that if you’re really serious about this.” I’m like, “Okay, cool. I’ll do that.” But, yeah, LinkedIn is a great way to follow me. I don’t have any other. I mean, I do have Facebook, but I don’t really use it. So follow me on LinkedIn. Email me. DM me.

[00:37:53] TU: Great. We will link to that in the show notes. We’ll also link to the website, jasminemedical.com, if folks want to take a look there as well. So thank you so much for taking time to come on the show. I really appreciate it.

[00:38:03] WN: Thank you so much for having me. This has been very fun. 

[END OF INTERVIEW]

[00:38:06] TU: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. 

Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts, and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist, unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward-looking statements that are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. 

Thank you, again, for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week. 

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

[wptb id="15454" not found ]

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 279: Finding Your Pharmacist Voice: An Interview with Kim Newlove


Kim Newlove, founder of The Pharmacist’s Voice and host of The Pharmacist’s Voice Podcast, shares how and why she started her business in 2017, how she pivoted from her initial service and business idea, and what myths as a business owner she has found to be untrue. 

About Today’s Guest

Kim Newlove is a pharmacist, voice actor, podcast host, wife, Mom of 2 teenagers, and volunteer.

She earned her Bachelor of Science Degree in Pharmacy from The University of Toledo in 2001, and is an Ohio pharmacist. Kim founded The Pharmacist’s Voice ®, LLC in 2017, and launched The Pharmacist’s Voice ® Podcast in 2019. Her website is thepharmacistsvoice.com.

Finding the right voice for an audio project is important. Kim brings her years of expertise as a pharmacist to her audiobook and voiceover projects. Her delivery style is confident and trustworthy.

The Pharmacist’s Voice ® Podcast is a weekly podcast. It’s available on her website (thepharmacistsvoice.com) and all major podcast players. Kim alternates solo shows and interview shows. She shares her journey from pharmacist to voice actor and interviews a variety of people who use their voices advocate for something, educate in some way, or entertain so that listeners are inspired to use their voices too.

In her spare time, Kim enjoys spending time with family, playing Ticket to Ride Switzerland, swimming, and riding her BMW motorbike.

Episode Summary

This week, YFP Co-Founder & CEO, Tim Ulbrich, PharmD, is joined by Kim Newlove, founder of The Pharmacist’s Voice and host of The Pharmacist’s Voice Podcast. In this episode, Tim and Kim discuss Kim’s journey from graduation in 2001 to the start of her business in 2017, the student loan debt picture in 2001 compared to today, and the power of having a plan for handling student debt. Kim explains the reasoning behind working part-time in her career and the financial decisions she and her husband made that tie into the success of her business journey. Coming from a position of financial strength because of sound financial decisions early in her career, Kim was confident investing in herself and starting her business. Kim shares the motivation behind The Pharmacist’s Voice and The Pharmacist’s Voice podcast, what inspired the name of her business, and how she was able to distill a business idea that worked for her as a mother, wife, and pharmacist. While Kim’s original business idea of narrating continuing education journals has not yet come to fruition, she and Tim talk about the evolution of her business offerings and how she was able to pivot to medical narration, e-learning, and voiceovers. Kim and Tim wrap up the episode by busting some entrepreneurship myths and shedding light on the hard work behind what it is to produce a podcast and run a company. 

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRO]

[00:00:00] TU: Hey, everybody. Tim Ulbrich here, and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast, where each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. 

This week, I had the opportunity to sit down with Kim Newlove, Founder of the Pharmacist’s Voice and host of the Pharmacist’s Voice Podcast. During the show, we discuss how and why she started her own business, the Pharmacist’s Voice, in 2017, how she had a pivot early on from her initial service and business idea, and what myths as a business owner she has found to be untrue. 

Now, before we jump into the show, I recognize that many listeners may not be aware of what the team at YFP Planning does in working one-on-one with more than 250 households in 40-plus states. YFP Planning offers fee-only high-touch financial planning that is customized to the pharmacy professional. If you’re interested in learning more about how working one-on-one with a certified financial planner may help you achieve your financial goals, you can book a free discovery call at yfpplanning.com. 

Whether or not YFP Planning’s financial planning services are a good fit for you, know that we appreciate your support of this podcast and our mission to help pharmacists achieve financial freedom. Okay, let’s jump into my interview with Kim Newlove. 

[INTERVIEW]

[00:01:15] TU: Kim, welcome to the show. 

[00:01:15] KN: Hi, Tim. Good to be here.

[00:01:19] TU: Well, so excited to have you. Spent a long time in the making. We talked back in the winter, and then we had a chance to connect in person at Ohio Pharmacists Association meeting. I came on your podcast and really excited for the opportunity to talk several different things with you, entrepreneurship. We’ll talk a little bit about family. We’ll talk about personal finance. I want to start with your career and some of your career background. So where did you go to pharmacy school, when did you graduate, and what ultimately drew you into the profession?

[00:01:50] KN: Okay. If I leave anything out, remind me. I went to the University of Toledo College of Pharmacy. I graduated in 2001 with my Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy degree. I never got my PharmD. What was the next question, Tim?

[00:02:06] TU: So where you went to school, you answered that. Go Rockets, right? Toledo, 2001. 

[00:02:11] KN: That’s right. Go Rockets. 

[00:02:12] TU: When you graduated, you answered that. What drew you into the profession?

[00:02:16] KN: What drew me into the profession most was my Uncle Tom inviting me to shadow him when I was an eighth grade junior high student at Eastwood Junior High School in Somerville, Ohio. He invited me to watch him as a surgery pharmacist at St. V’s, which is one of the major hospitals in the Toledo area. I also, of course, love to help people, and I was good at math and science, and I really felt like I had all of those attributes that a pharmacist needed, being trustworthy and being interested in helping people and being intelligent and all the things.

[00:02:56] TU: So some of our listeners, they wouldn’t be aware but maybe interested to know. We share a Northwest Ohio connection. So my wife, Jess, is from the Bowling Green Perrysburg area. You’re, obviously, in Northwest Ohio as well. A little Rockets-Falcons rivalry that’s going on between Bowling Green and Toledo. So you came, and you snuck in right before the PharmD requirement, right? Because that would have been early 2000s. So you came in right before that.

[00:03:22] KN: Right. I was – One of the last classes to graduate was my class. I graduated in ’01 and, I think, in ’04. That was the cutoff. My brother, who’s also a pharmacist, graduated in ’03 with his bachelor’s. Never got his PharmD either. Yeah. It’s a great school. But, yeah, our cutoff didn’t end until ’04 for some reason.

[00:03:44] TU: And we’re going to talk in a bit about the Pharmacist’s Voice. For those that are watching this interview, they can see your background behind you. We’re going to talk about the business that you’ve created, what you’re doing, why you started it, what you offer. But before we get into that, give us some of the career journey because I think this is a really interesting part of your story and your family’s story, as we’re going to talk some personal finance here in a little bit. 2001, you graduate. It wouldn’t be till 2017, correct, that you launched the business? 

[00:04:14] KN: Correct. 

[00:04:15] TU: So give us the CliffsNotes synopsis version of your pharmacy career from graduation prior to starting the business.

[00:04:24] KN: Oh, boy. Oh, boy. There’s some retail in there, some hospitals, some compounding, and some behavioral health. I started off working at a small hospital. The schedule wasn’t right for me as a newlywed. I got married about six weeks after graduation in June of 2001. I passed the boards right away, like two days before I got married, which was kind of cool, yay me. Everybody was saying, “Congratulations on getting married. Did you pass the boards?” “Yeah.” “Okay. Congratulations on that too.” 

Then after that, about a year of trialing out, working at a small hospital and the hours not working out, I switched to working for Walgreens, and I worked part time at that hospital for about five months to transition my replacement in. Then I was working full-time at Walgreens for not – Well, sorry. Not for nine years. I worked at Walgreens for nine years, only worked full-time for about one year. Then I had my first child. 

While I was working part time at Walgreens, I worked at a small compounding pharmacy. If nobody would know the name, we got bought out by a competitor. But the focus was respiratory solutions for inhalation, and I coincidentally had baby number two, right, as we were getting bought out. I never went back to that job. I didn’t stop working for Walgreens until 2011. When I stopped working at Walgreens in 2011, our agreement, my husband and my agreement, was that I would stay home for one year. Then I would start looking for another job. 

I started looking for another job immediately because I can’t follow my own plans sometimes. But I didn’t get the jobs that I tried out for, so I truly stayed home for that one year. It was after that one year that my husband started getting other opportunities in climbing the ladder, and I ended up staying at home. 

Well, fast forward to the year 2015, I couldn’t just stay at home, Tim. I had to do something. So I started volunteering quite a bit. I had already volunteered some with the University of Toledo. While I was volunteering, I got connected with a woman who invited me to be her relief pharmacist in – I think it was October or November of 2015. I had been off the market for four and a half years. I felt a little rusty. But the job she offered me was really in line with some of my volunteer work, and it was at a behavioral health hospital. 

I worked there for one year. She moved on. I was her relief pharmacist. I didn’t feel comfortable staying without her, so I ended that job, and I didn’t work again until I started my company.

[00:07:02] TU: So we’re going to come back to that in a little bit. My first question for you, though, is student loan debt in 2001. A very different picture than what it is here in 2022, unfortunately, even if we adjust for inflation, right, which is something that we’re all thinking about at the moment. The numbers are drastically different. 

Our listeners know today, graduates coming out on average about $175,000 of debt. Often that will be much higher than that if we factor in undergrad debt and other expenses for those who go to private school. So tell us about, for you, even though that debt may have been a significant part of the journey, numbers were much smaller, right?

[00:07:39] KN: Numbers were much smaller. Yes. You know, Tim, every time you say that number, when I listen to your podcast, it moves up. 

[00:07:46] TU: It does. 

[00:07:47] KN: It used to be like 170. Now, we’re up to 175. For students listening to this, much respect. I know that’s a huge burden to take on. My student loan debt, I added this up before our interview here. From what my records show, I had $23,888.28 in student loan debt. I used 13,650 for actually paying tuition and all that. Then the disbursements were a little over $10,000, and I lived off that. I bought my books, my gas for my car at, what was it, 97 cents a gallon back then. I had to live off of that. 

I actually went back to my earnings history too to find out how much I made as an intern. In 1999, I made $10,000 as an intern, which was pretty good. But you know you got to live and, yeah, the student loan debt is real. I paid it off, I want to say, in less than two years. 

[00:08:47] TU: Yeah, yeah. I think for many graduates today, the number in and of itself is a lot to work through in terms of monthly payment. Obviously, right now, we’ve got a pause on those payments, which has certainly helped a lot of people. But it’s not only the dollar amount. It’s the paralyzing nature of the feeling that can come from that that can cloud the ability to make other decisions. 

So one of the things we often talk with individuals about is, yes, we’ve got to attack the number or perhaps pursued something like loan forgiveness. But we also need to make sure we don’t underestimate the power of having a plan. Even if that number doesn’t change a whole lot next week, something is drastically different if we can start to put a plan in place, so we can begin to move forward and consider that piece of the puzzle as we also look at other parts of the financial plan. 

I do want to come back to one thing that you mentioned because I think that we often assume that pharmacists are the breadwinner in the family. Pharmacists are the ones that are going to be making a significant income, especially if it’s two incomes that are in the household. You mentioned something that I thought was really important to touch on that others may be considering, which is you mentioned your husband and his income opportunities. Before we hit record, you mentioned several points of his career, where he had an opportunity to kind of level up to the next level. 

I think that was an interesting approach that you guys decided on as a family together that there was going to be an investment in his career and some of the upward mobility and upward nature of that income, which may not have necessarily been there with a pharmacist income. Can you talk more about how you got to that decision and why that was best for your family? 

[00:10:30] KN: Yes. If I leave anything out and you need clarifying details, please let me know. My story is very different. I mean, I come from a place of currently being a stay-at-home parent. Tim, you talk about pharmacists often being the breadwinner because they earn more money than their partner. I am a pharmacist by training. My husband is a mechanical engineer by training. 

When we started having kids, which happened pretty darn quick after I graduated, within like 18 months of graduation, I started having the kids. We talked about who’s going to stay at home or what are we going to do about daycare. At the time, we lived in Toledo, Ohio, which some people may think of as, “Oh, it’s big urban area. How can you trust people?” There were plenty of great choices in Toledo. Did we have anything set up? No. I worked full-time, seven on, seven off as a midnight pharmacist. I made a great income. 

As I mentioned before, when we started out, I also had a part-time job in the first five months of my employment as a pharmacist as a part-time hospital pharmacist. I had this income. My top earnings ever was like $97,000. I looked at my husband after we had this baby and I said, “I can make at least $97,000 working full-time as a pharmacist. Let’s look at how much you make.” Just disclosing how much he made in the year 2003 when our first son was born, it was around $60,000. He made significantly less than me. He said, “You know what? I don’t have a ceiling on how much I can make. But you kind of seem like you do.”

That was something I had never thought of. Being the mechanical engineer, a very data-driven person, and just somebody who I would actually listen to, I listened to him. What I did was I became a part-time pharmacist, full-time mom. Could I have gotten daycare? Could I have gotten somebody to care for my kids? Yeah, I could have. But we decided as a couple, that was not what we were going to do. Plus, we wanted to have another kiddo in about two years. That was just our plan. 

So I thought it was pretty hard being pregnant and being a pharmacist, standing on my feet all day, with the challenges of going to the bathroom and eating and drinking. Why would I bring that upon myself, and I’m exhausted just having a newborn? So we decided his 60,000, plus my going part-time, we thought would be maybe anywhere from 25,000 to 50,000, that would equal what my full-time income would be if I just went out and was the sole breadwinner, and he would stay at home and make no income. 

But you got to keep in mind. He had that opportunity to climb up the ladder, not just in title but in earnings. So I took that leap of faith, Tim, and I let my career take a backseat. I wasn’t that far into my career, and I haven’t accomplished that much. I didn’t have as much to lose, I guess you could say. So that is one of the factors that played into that.

[00:13:45] TU: Kim, what really stands out there to me is even in this case, you decided that for you and your family, it was going to be your career that was going to be a little bit on the back seat. Obviously, you mentioned your husband realizing that there was perhaps some more upward mobility in role over time. But even if those roles were flipped, right? Because I think there can be a lot of pride that can come through, especially for the pharmacist that may be listening. They can, “Hey, wait a minute. I just invested you know, $200,000, plus 6, 8, 10 years of my time,” and maybe this is something that they are considering as well. 

But whether it’s like your situation or even if the roles were reversed and your husband were the one to say, “Hey, I’m going to let my career take a backseat because this is what we want to do as our family,” I admire the intentionality, and I’m sure these were in-depth conversations that happened at the time. But really just the openness and the transparency and the intentionality of saying, “Okay, what do we want as our family? What do we think is best for our family unit?” 

That could be and is different for many different families, and there is no right or wrong answer. I think that’s so important for everyone to hear. But really, what is it for you that you and your family want and how do you ultimately be able to set up the infrastructure and the system that works best for you. So I really respect and admire that. My wife, Jess, and I have had a lot of those similar conversations along the way as well. 

You know what’s interesting, though? So I’m reflecting in 2022, and we think about what a pharmacist is making today. Your theory held true, right? So has the pharmacist income gone up since? You mentioned the $97,000. It has. But if you factor in inflation and other things, it really has had a ceiling, right? It really has had a ceiling, and I think we’re continuing to see that with some exceptions, and there certainly are some areas of practice where that may not necessarily be the case. 

So my next question for you is you decide in 2017 that you’re going to use your pharmacy background and degree in a very different way, in a nontraditional way, not only in starting your own business but in using your voice and under the brand what would become the Pharmacist’s Voice. My question here is what was the genesis of the Pharmacist’s Voice? I don’t know the answer to this question, so I’m excited to learn the answer. How did the idea come to be and what ultimately led you to begin down this path of starting your own business?

[00:16:13] KN: The genesis of the company name, let’s start with that. It came incredibly organically because I wanted to take my background as a pharmacist and my speaking voice or my voice and writing and combine them to do something in commerce, creating a company that did something. I knew I wanted to use my voice. Now, the why, why did I want to use my voice? That is like the best part. 

I have a son with autism. He is currently 19 years old, almost 19 and a half. I can’t believe it. He is nonverbal, and the thing that happens to a lot of people who have a child with challenges happened to me. If you’ve ever seen people on the news that have a child in a wheelchair, and the parent becomes a marathon runner, and they run those marathons together, and the parent is pushing the wheelchair. Or if you meet somebody who has a child who ends up being a deaf child, a child that’s hearing impaired. That adult, that parent learns sign language and becomes an advocate, right?

Having a person in my life who cannot speak, he cannot read, write, or speak that we know of, it really inspired me to respect my own voice and recognize the power of having a voice and using it. There are so many people that don’t take their passions and their strengths and use them. You have a responsibility to use your passions and your strength to do something that matters. Why wouldn’t I take my background as a pharmacist and my speaking voice put them together and make the Pharmacist’s Voice? I’ll tell you, there’s so much more that I want to say about that, but I think I should probably pause and just let you ask your questions.

[00:18:10] TU: Well, I think what I’m really curious about is you just said that there’s so many folks that don’t take their passions and their strengths and take action on it. You mentioned responsibility. I love that challenge because everyone may have a different passion or strength or a different challenge and may feel that sense of responsibility and for whatever reason haven’t acted on it. That can look like a million different things. You we’re talking, obviously, about the Pharmacist’s Voice and the business that you started. 

So my question for you is why do you think people typically are not taking action? Why are they not acting on that responsibility to be able to move forward with that passion, with that strength that they have? I mean, certainly a multitude of reasons. But if we distill it down to a couple, what do you think is typically blocking people from moving forward?

[00:18:59] KN: Man, Tim, you are so lucky I’m an ESTJ. I’m extroverted, right? So I’m not really shy about sharing, and I’m a little judgmental, meaning I’m great at making decisions. So why do people have that problem, that challenge? I want you to know, anybody listening, I’m not judging you if you have barriers to entry, if you have hang ups. I think it might be part personality. 

My personality, if you look at the Enneagram, if anybody knows that personality test, I’m an eight. I am the challenger. I don’t want to say fearless, but I’m the person that sees a problem and takes it as a challenge and wants to conquer it. I’m not the perfectionist, which is the number one, which is my husband, and he has a hard time with his perfectionism. A lot of times, I have to point it out to him and say, “Are you doing this because you don’t understand the first step? Or is it because you’re hesitant? Or have you made a list of pros and cons? I mean, help me understand.” 

For example, he lost his job at a company he was with for more than 12 and a half years in April of 2020. It was April 30th or May 1st of 2020, right as the pandemic was –

[00:20:27] TU: When it started. Yeah. Geez. Yup. 

[00:20:30] KN: Yeah, yeah. So being the support person I am, I wanted to go out there and like a light switch, turn on the business and say, “Oh, I’m going to go out and make all this money.” But voiceover, what I do the voiceover industry, it’s not like having a light switch. You can’t just turn it on. But anyways, what gets in people’s way is – I want to use my husband as an example. He wants to play a matching game. He is a mechanical engineer by training. So when he thinks about getting another job, he wants to match the words mechanical engineer with somebody who’s looking for a mechanical engineer. 

What I taught him about just all the things that I know from marketing and communications and storytelling is that what you really need to think about is all those things in the Ikigai. What do you love to do? What does the world need? What can you get paid to do? All those things. What do you value? Do you want to have to travel to Asia all the time, which is what he was doing two to three weeks at a time, up to five times a year? It was hard on our family. So anyways, that was one of the things, perfectionism.

[00:21:44] TU: Well, and we know that the matching game and perfectionism doesn’t go too well with entrepreneurship or starting something new. So my question for you here is I talked with many pharmacists, probably one or two a week that I can tell they’re on fire, and they’re passionate about something. That something could be another W-2 job. That’s something could be, “Hey, I’ve got this great idea for a book or a podcast or this nonprofit.” I had somebody messaged me recently about an idea they have for a nonprofit or a business idea, whether that’s a service-based or a product-based business. 

But when the conversation moves to, well, what’s next, what’s next, I can tell instantly the tone of voice shifts. Fear starts to come into the equation. More often than not, there starts to be a paralyzing reality of like, “I don’t know what the next step is.” So I’m thinking about those number one Enneagram perfectionists that are out there versus the eight challengers, where you might have an idea, and it’s not all fully fleshed out. Great, I’m going to do one thing that’s the next thing, just to get momentum on this. Then it’ll be messy, and it’ll get better, and I’ll get better, and I’ll get better. I get that, but a lot of people are not comfortable with that. 

So my question is for folks that are listening and saying, “I have an idea. I want to do X, Y, or Z. But there’s 15 things that I’m not sure exactly where do I go next,” like what advice would you have for them? I mean, even if you think about the Pharmacist’s Voice, and I’m looking at your background, and you’ve got nice logos, and you’ve got services and offerings and web things and courses we’ll talk about, that can be overwhelming. So like what is the next step, and how do people discern that?

[00:23:28] KN: Oh, Tim. This is such a great question. I’m so excited to answer this. I had to do this too. I have that problem too. In fact, I have a whole podcast episode about how I funneled all my ideas down to one, and it comes down to, okay, if you can imagine a funnel. Everybody listening to this has been to pharmacy school or their students, right? I mean, think about compounding lab, and you’ve got a funnel. In the top of the funnel, it’s broader than the bottom of the funnel. You put all of those ideas down in the top of the funnel, and you’re going to distill it down to just one. That’s going to pop out the end, and that’s going to be your one that you run with. 

I had all these ideas, and I just put them in that funnel. I mentally worked my way through each of them to find out if they were even possible. In doing that, I figured out that my number one barrier to using probably four or five of my ideas was childcare. I have a child who, at the time, was only – Was he 15? I think he was only 15. But still, rapidly approaching adulthood, can’t read, write, or speak. I’m going to be taking care of this person. I’m going to be as guardian. I’m going to be his full-time caregiver, until death parts us. I’m not trying to be morbid. Sometimes, when you have those constraints, it makes all your decisions that much easier. 

So when I found out that childcare seemed to be my biggest barrier, I realized I needed to find something I could do in the gig economy. It was just that easy, and I knew through my passions, through respecting the voice, and wanting to do something with my voice, that, heck, yeah, I could continue to volunteer when I have time. People don’t expect you to show up when you volunteer 100%. You let them know the expectations. If they can deal with it, they let you continue to volunteer, right? It’s okay to volunteer. You discover your passions that way. 

But then in going through mentally all these ideas, I figured out that I could not go to people’s houses and help them with their medication lists and cleaning up their closets. What if they were running late? What if I was running late? What if there was a school delay or a closing or whatever? I had a sick kid. I would have to cancel on them, and then making it up would be so hard. So anyways, all those things really added up. 

Then talking to other people, Tim, that’s so important. All of your listeners who are interested in entrepreneurship should really be talking to people who do the thing that they want to do. It’s common sense, but it’s also great advice because when you talk to people that do the thing – For example, I wanted to go to patients’ houses, help them clean out their medication closets, and help them make medication lists, just doing some basic MTM type stuff, then cash pay. So I wouldn’t necessarily have to use the insurance company’s definition of MTM. 

I found out that in Ohio, we needed to have a TDDD, a Terminal Distributor of Dangerous Drugs license. I think it was a level two or something. 

[00:26:40] TU: Two. Yeah, you’re right. Category two. 

[00:26:42] KN: Yeah. In order to have patient data in my home or on my computer. Honestly, I didn’t want to deal with that. So in talking to Sue Paul, who we both know through the Ohio Pharmacists Association, she’s an Ohio pharmacist and pharmacogenomics queen, I learned some of the issues that she deals with. I didn’t want to deal with those issues. So again, just fleshing out those ideas like how would I actually make this happen? What are the barriers I would come across? Who already does this? What are the challenges and the rewards? Yeah. Just flushing everything out. 

Out the bottom of the funnel came something where I would use my voice, and I didn’t know that I would be in the voiceover industry when I started. I ended up going into voiceover because my original idea didn’t even work. So I had to take that original idea that came out of the bottom of the funnel and pivot it to something else, which isn’t always fun because you have to admit failure. But you got to have a short memory about it. Kind of like when you’re up to bat and you strike out. You strike out. You still got that third pitch. You might fall or you might have a home run. So just keep swinging. 

[00:27:52] TU: I love that. No, it’s great. I love the practical advice that you gave, in terms of the funnel and having the ideas and talking with others, which I think not only helps you speak out loud your idea, which gets you thinking about it more, internalizing it more. It clarifies your message. Sometimes, I’ll have a great idea. More often than not, the day ends, I go home, and I’ll, “Jess, Jess, Jess. I got this idea. I got this idea.” Then I hear myself say it out loud. Then 24 hours passes, and I’m like, “That was really not a great idea.” But it was in my head, and I started talking out loud. 

Or sometimes, when I have those conversations, the ideas start to crystallize, or she’ll add to it. What about this? What about that? Have you thought about this? Those conversations of people that can help you build upon your idea, that can help you network with other people that have been down that path before, is so powerful. But you said something that the end that I think is so integral for people to remember, which is we have to, on some level, be comfortable with and accepting and embracing some failure along the way. 

I think if we can shift our mind around failure typically has a negative connotation but an opportunity to grow and to learn, but being comfortable with that, and you mentioned the first idea that popped out of the funnel, right? You had to pivot and do something else. Perhaps a whole separate conversation about how we get comfortable with failure. But I think really good advice for folks that are looking to get started because even if you come up with the perfect game plan, guess what, it ain’t going to be perfect. There’s going to be things and bumps along the road that are going to come to be.

[00:29:27] KN: Yeah. You got to have that abundance mindset. 

[00:29:29] TU: That’s right. 

[00:29:30] KN: Like there’s more than one idea here, and it’s okay to flush them out. Write them down too and revisit them because, like you said, Tim, you may come home and talk to your wife, Jess, and say, “I have the best idea.” But then when it comes out of your mouth, that doesn’t sound so good. But she’s kind of like a good sounding board, and she’ll tell you what’s good about it, and maybe you can just write it down. So I hope everybody out there has their own Jess or even a notepad and sleep on it and look at it another day.

[00:29:56] TU: I love it. I love it. We’re now – I’ve got four boys at home. I’ve talked about it before in my podcast, but it’s been fun, as my oldest is now about to be 11, and he’s heard so many of these conversations with my wife and I, just in passing. Just this weekend, he came up with, “Well, Dad, what about this idea? Wouldn’t it save time if we had a toothbrush that had two different brushes, so you could brush the top and the bottom at once? And is that something that could be invented?” I was like, “That’s it, right? You got to throw ideas out there. The process, they evolve and see what happens over time.” 

So as it relates to the Pharmacist’s Voice, what do you offer? What is the business, what’s the offering, and how has that evolved since 2017 to what you’re working on right now?

[00:30:39] KN: Starting in 2017, my original idea was to narrate pharmacy continuing education journals into audio. My original idea didn’t work. I approached all kinds of companies, for example, APHA. I approached the Ohio Pharmacists Association. I approached Pharmacist’s Letter. There were others too. I pitched it to somebody the other day, but I have a little bit more proof of concept now that I’ve been in the voiceover industry. 

But anyways, I didn’t have proof of concept. I didn’t really know what I was talking about. I didn’t know how to record, edit, and produce audio at the time. Everybody said no, and that’s all I needed. It’s not like I gave up early or anything. I just thought if they don’t like this particular idea, let’s try something else. 

What I did was I pivoted, and the first thing I did was when I pivoted, I went to talk to somebody who could teach me how to record, edit, and produce audio. Somebody who I thought could help me with that. I went to a local audio engineer, and he said, “Oh, yeah. We record people here. But I’m the one that records them. I’m the one that edits them. I’m the one that produces the final files and gives them to the client.” That’s a high ticket item right there. It’s expensive. So I thought, “Well, gosh. How can I do this at home?” 

I went on a journey of learning how to record, edit, and produce audio. I’ll tell you, that’s, for me, the hardest thing about having a podcast, hardest thing about producing audio books, which is one of the services I offer. It’s the hardest thing about creating voiceovers. I had to spend a lot of time in the trenches. Believe it or not, pharmacists would be awesome at this. I mean, if that was like part of the thing like, yes, we dispense pills. We make IVs. We mix audio. Pharmacists are very detail-oriented people. 

It turned out, I love it, and I’m great at it. So on my journey, I learned I can record, edit, and produce this. Great. What am I going to talk about? What am I going to produce? One of the things that the audio engineer that I talked to did for me was he connected me to my very first voiceover coach. I thought, “What’s a voiceover coach? I don’t know what this is. I don’t know if I want to do this.” But he said, “You need to learn how to talk and have good mic skills and all these things.” 

So I went to Nancy Wolfson. If you’re going to write this down, just please know that she is more of an advanced instructor, which is what I found out when I started working with her. She focuses on commercial narration. Once I did – I don’t know if it was eight lessons or something like that. I realized I needed to do medical narration because my heart just wasn’t into talking about pantyhose and banks and things that are on the news. Or not on the news. Radio ads or television ads. 

So anyways, I started working with a different coach, and his name’s David Rosenthal, and he’s with the Global Voice Acting Academy. Definitely look that one up because they do teach young voice actors, if you’re interested, and he helped me with medical narration. He’s like, “Yeah, you can say the words great.” I don’t want to paint him in a bad light, but he said things that I needed to hear. He said that, “You basically don’t know how to deliver. You know how to say the words just fine. You sound like you know what you’re talking about. But then other parts of the delivery are not so great.” During that whole discovery period and learning, I took group classes. I took private classes. I made my first demo. Moving forward, I have worked with other coaches too. 

Now, how did audiobooks come into this? Audiobooks came into this because if you can do audiobooks, you can do e-learning, which is what I have learned. That is what I originally wanted to do. Narrating pharmacy continuing education journals into audio format is e-learning. So I learned how to do audiobooks and e-learning. At the same time, I’m an audiobook narrator. I narrate books that are on Audible, Amazon, and iTunes. They’re for sale. 

Two examples are IMPACT Pharmacist: Start Your Own Wellness Practice and Leave Your Retail Pharmacy Job Behind by Asha and Eric Bohannon. I’ve also narrated Perimenopause: The Savvy Sister’s Guide to Hormone Harmony. So as I’ve been going through this journey, I have been figuring out what people want to pay me to do.

[00:35:18] TU: Well, I like that too because I think it connects back to what we were talking before. Now, you’ve got service offerings. But I’m guessing those have evolved and changed over time, as you kind of figure out what does the market need and want? What is the market willing to pay for? What are they not willing to pay for? Then, obviously, you start to spread that through word of mouth. 

So again, just a great reminder that as folks are getting started with an idea, where you start and where it goes is going to be an evolution. It is, and you’re going to look back and say, “I can’t believe –” I remember back to my first blog post, November 6th, 2015. I read it recently. Yes, I had a great, great story of our journey. But, wow, like writing had a lot to be desired for. I think back to the first podcast that we did in 2017. So it’s a journey. It’s an evolution, and I’m hopeful that we’ll say the same thing five years down the road as well. 

If folks want to learn more about the work you’re doing at the Pharmacist’s Voice and the offerings you have, they can go to thepharmacistsvoice.com. We’ll link to that in the show notes as well. You mentioned your summer project before we hit record, is you’re working on an online course. Tell us more about that.

[00:36:25] KN: Yes. Thanks for the opportunity. If you go to kimnewlove.com, you can see my current online course offering. It’s a drug name pronunciation course, believe it or not, and it’s called Pronounce Drug Names Like a Pro. The next online course, which I have not released yet, but it will be on kimnewlove.com, hopefully, by the end of August. That’s my goal. It will be a behind the scenes look at the Pharmacist’s Voice Podcast. The Pharmacist’s Voice, of course, is my company, but I am a business with a podcast, much like Your Financial Pharmacist. 

So the name of my podcast is the Pharmacist’s Voice Podcast. A lot of people ask me all the time, how do I start a podcast? How do you make your podcast? So this is going to be how I make my podcast, not how you need to make yours. Because a lot of people just want to know what goes into it. What does it look like to edit audio? Because you’re taking a visual representation of something you can hear, and not everybody really understands how you can manipulate something that you can see, but you end up hearing it. It’s really something. So, yeah, that’s my summer project, Tim. Thanks for asking.

[00:37:38] TU: Well, I’m looking forward to that coming out because I have a lot of folks that I talk with. They have interesting ideas or thinking about starting a podcast, and they often get hung up in some of the, “Well, what equipment should I use, and what platform should I use to record?” There’s a million options that are out there, and I like your approach of kind of a behind the scenes of what you’re doing, which I think what will give people some structure and some hooks to be able to hang some things on but not necessary the only way to be able to do or release a podcast show.

[00:38:07] KN: Yes, I agree. Tim, just to add something real quick, that, hopefully, is going to feed into me training pharmacists or healthcare providers, small cohorts, at a time how to start their own podcasts, if there is interest. So send those people my way. I would love to help them. It’d be kind of like a white glove type thing, where you have an idea of what you want to do and you want to flatten that learning curve. I can totally help you do it. I mean, I have my own podcast. I’m on episode 160-something. I know how to do this.

[00:38:37] TU: I love it. I love it. I love it. One of the things I wanted to ask you about is I personally feel that we’re in a period of time where there’s somewhat of an over glorification of entrepreneurship, and I love entrepreneurship. I think it’s something that the skills that are within owning your own business and starting your own business are things that everyone can learn something from, whether or not you have your own business. So, obviously, I’m a huge fan and have really found great benefit in my own journey. 

But I think there are sometimes some myths that come to be with owning your own business that people think, “Oh, well. If I just own my own business, like everything would be okay.” So my question for you is like is there a myth or two that you have found in your own journey and owning your own business that you’d like to share with the audience?

[00:39:33] KN: Oh, my gosh. How many do I get to share?

[00:39:36] TU: Go with it.

[00:39:38] KN: Okay, all right. Thank you for the opportunity to share this because with what I do now, which is voiceover, I do medical narration for pharmaceutical companies, biotech. I do e-learning, I do explainer videos. I do all this. People think you can just plug a microphone into a computer and talk, and the Brink’s truck will backup and dump a bunch of money in your driveway. That, I would say, is the number one myth about what I do now. What I do is voiceover, and it is not like that. 

There are actual studies now for the voiceover industry to demonstrate the people who have been in the business, who are just starting out, who work part-time like me, typically make $8,000 or less when they first start out. 

[00:40:22] TU: Per year. 

[00:40:22] KN: I work very part-time, and I make less than $8,000 a year, and I will probably say that. But it is in increasing, and I have negotiated $10,000 deals, $20,000 deals, and just the projects never went into production. So I’ve had great opportunities. But, oh, my gosh, the ups and downs of the gig economy are crazy. So I just want to point that out, and I would say you’re not going to make $100,000 right away, for sure. 

Then as an entrepreneur, I would say there’s a lot of risk, but you have to be smart about it. You have to not dump all of your savings into the shiny objects that you see. You got to have boundaries. If somebody says, “Oh, this microphone is the best in the business,” you find out what’s a starter microphone and see if you even like doing it. Yeah. If there’s anything else I can tell you, let me know because I’ll tell you. There are so many things, so many myths and misconceptions about voiceover industry alone. But entrepreneurship, I mean, gosh, I could go on and on about that, in general. Let me know what you want to know, Tim.

[00:41:36] TU: Smart risk resonates with me. I tend to have some shiny object syndrome myself. I think many entrepreneurs do, and it could be a new piece of equipment. It can be a new piece of software, right? And a new solution or course. I think one of the challenges as you continue to grow in your business journey and you grow your network and you talk with other people, inevitably, you come across conversations like the one we’re having, and someone may say, “Well, I use this tool or I use this software. I use this.” You’re like, “Oh, I need that,” right? I need that piece of equipment, that piece of software. So sometimes, the answer is yes. That’s going to be a valuable solution. But really taking smart risks and making sure you’re staying on course with the core offering and not getting distracted by that, I think, is really, really smart. 

Related to smart risk, I want to wrap up our conversation by bringing together the personal financial journey with your business journey. When I talk with a lot of aspiring pharmacy entrepreneurs, one of the hurdles that typically comes up is the intersection between the personal financial journey and being able to start the business with confidence. That could be because of student loan debt. That could be because they have a young family, and there’s lots of competing financial expenses. That could be because they feel like they’re behind on retirement, and they don’t feel like they’re in a financial position of strength to be able to lean into their business idea. 

So my question for you, as you started the journey in 2017, how did your personal finance plan intersect with your ability to start the business and to feel confident making that jump forward?

[00:43:10] KN: I love this question so much. When – Oh, boy. We took Financial Peace University, the Dave Ramsey class at our church in 2013, and that made a big difference in how we attacked debt. I would say that the mortgage payoff was in the horizon. Like we were almost there when I started my business. I started my business November of 2017, right at the end of the year. Then we paid off our mortgage March of 2019. 

Having that financial freedom and really, honestly, extra space in my mind to let myself dream about what could be was huge. So I would say we started off investing in our futures through 401(k)s and Roth IRAs early. Okay. My husband as soon as he got a job that had a 401(k), I believe he was at least doing employer match and then eventually maxing out. Currently, maxes out. I think 18,500 is his current contribution per year, and that’s the maximum, I believe, he’s allowed per some law. Right, Tim?

[00:44:28] TU: It’s up a little bit in 2022. I think it’s a little bit north of 20,000, 20,500. But he may –

[00:44:33] KN: Okay. I’m sure he’ll be there soon. 

[00:44:34] TU: I don’t know. But, yeah, he probably is. He probably is. Yeah.

00:44:37KN: Yeah. But then I had my Roth IRA that I started in college because we had a speaker come to class and during our management and marketing class. That guy, I just called him up afterwards and I said, “Hey, you want to be my financial planner,” and he did. He became my financial planner. His company is still my financial planning company 22 years later, and I have all that growth and that trust and that relationship.

[00:45:02] TU: So slow steps to building the financial plan. You mentioned in 2017, specifically, the business. Having that home paid off was a big part of feeling confident to have the margin to get the business off the ground. I think that’s great because I think some sometimes every business is different, right? If somebody is developing a product-based business or a business that requires a lot of inventory, there might be a lot more upfront costs. 

I think of what we started at YFP. I believe of what you’ve done as well. Certainly, some upfront costs but maybe not to the magnitude of a product-based business, where you may need to have some more upfront capital. But nonetheless need to have a solid financial foundation in place to be able to make that journey and to do it with confidence.

[00:45:45] KN: Yes. Thank you for summarizing that. I feel like there’s so many little details that I could bring up. But, yeah, I don’t know how much into the weeds you want me to get. I think that if somebody is going to take a risk, a calculated risk, and start a business, you need to do your homework. I did my homework to find out. Once I discovered the voiceover industry, can I afford to do this? I found out that the microphone that I wanted was only like 199 bucks. I needed a stand. But I needed training. It was like $200 a pop for an hour. I needed a demo. It costs X number of dollars. Without a mortgage, we had that available capital, and we were still investing. 

Yeah. Over time, the investments – I mean, if you are faithful and you have a good strategy, you will eventually get closer to your retirement goal. But you need to have a goal in the first place, and you got to start somewhere, and I highly recommend that Dave Ramsey Financial Peace University and also getting somebody that you trust to help you with your journey.

[00:46:50] TU: Great advice. Kim, this has been a lot of fun, and I appreciate you taking time to come on the show. Again, for folks that want to learn more about what Kim’s up to, you can go to thepharmacistsvoice.com and also visit kimnewlove.com, and keep up to date with the newest course that she’s working on starting a podcast. So, Kim, thanks so much for coming on the show.

[00:47:09] KN: Thank you for having me, Tim. Take care.

[END OF INTERVIEW]

[00:47:12] TU: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. 

Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts, and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist, unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward-looking statements that are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. 

Thank you, again, for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week. 

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 278: YFP Planning Case Study #4: Selling a Pharmacy and Leaving a Legacy Before Transitioning Into Retirement


YFP Co-Founder & Director of Financial Planning, Tim Baker, CFP®, RLP® is joined by YFP Planning Lead Planners, Kelly Reddy-Heffner, CFP®, CSLP®, CDFA®, and Robert Lopez, CFP®, to discuss selling a pharmacy and leaving a legacy before transitioning into retirement

About Today’s Guests

Kelly Reddy-Heffner, CFP®, CSLP®, CDFA®

Kelly Reddy-Heffner, CFP®, CSLP®, CDFA® is a Lead Planner at YFP Planning. She enjoys time with her husband and two sons, riding her bike, running, and keeping after her pup ‘Fred Rogers.’ Kelly loves to cheer on her favorite team, plan travel, and ironically loves great food but does not enjoy cooking at all. She volunteers in her community as part of the Chambersburg Rotary. Kelly believes that there are no quick fixes to financial confidence, and no guarantees on investment returns, but there is value in seeking trusted advice to get where you want to go. Kelly’s mission is to help clients go confidently toward their happy place.

Robert Lopez, CFP®

Robert Lopez, CFP®, is a Lead Planner at YFP Planning. Along with his team members, he helps YFP Planning clients on their financial journey to live their best lives. To go along with his CFP® designation, Robert has a B.S. in Finance and an M.S. in Family Financial Planning. Prior to his career in financial planning, Robert worked as an Explosive Ordnance Disposal Technician in the United States Air Force. Although no longer on active duty, he still participates as a member of the Air Force Reserves. When not working, Robert enjoys being outdoors, playing co-ed volleyball and kickball, catching a game of ultimate frisbee, or hiking with his wife Shirley, young son Spencer, and their dogs, Meeko and Willow. 

Episode Summary

In this week’s episode, YFP Co-Founder & Director of Financial Planning, Tim Baker, CFP®, RLP® is joined by YFP Planning Lead Planners, Kelly Reddy-Heffner, CFP®, CSLP®, CDFA®, and Robert Lopez, CFP®, to discuss YFP Planning Case Study #4. In this case study, Tim, Kelly, and Robert delve into the financial details of a fictitious family, the Patels. Aman Patel is a 59-year-old independent pharmacy owner looking to sell his pharmacy to his daughter, Jessie. Jessie currently works on staff at the pharmacy. Amin’s wife, Hannah, is a teacher with questions about her retirement pension and social security claiming strategies. Amin and Hannah also own a rental property they are looking to sell and want to know how best to use the proceeds of that sale as they are approaching retirement. Together, Tim, Kelly, and Robert cover the details of the Patels’ retirement timeline. They dive deep into how the Patel family will need to coordinate with a CPA and an attorney to best structure the succession plan for the pharmacy with considerations for both Jessie, who has student debt, and themselves as pre-retirees. Lastly, they explain planning options for the Patel family’s investments and insurance policies as they approach their transition to retirement. 

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRO]

[00:00:00] TB: You’re listening to the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast, a show all about inspiring you, the pharmacy professional, on your path towards achieving financial freedom. Hi, I’m Tim Baker, and today I chat with YFP Planning’s lead planners, Kelly Reddy-Heffner and Robert Lopez, to walk through our fourth case study of a fictitious family, the Patels. 

Aman Patel is 59 and is an independent pharmacy owner, who was looking to sell his pharmacy to his daughter, Jesse, who currently works on staff at the pharmacy. We discuss the Patels’ retirement timeline and how they’ll need to coordinate with an attorney and CPA to best structure the succession plan to Jessie. Aman’s wife, Hannah, is 55 and works as a teacher. At retirement, she’ll receive a pension and has questions of how to claim it, along with how to claim Social Security. 

We also discuss questions about what they should do with their rental property and how they should handle the proceeds, whether they should pay down debt or invest. Finally, we discuss their investments and insurance policies, as they approach this very important transition. 

[EPISODE]

[00:00:57] TB: What’s up, everyone? Welcome to our fourth case study in our series. Glad to be back with you. We’re going to today go through the Patels. The Patels are going to be a little bit of a different case. So in the past, we’ve through a couple in their 30s, a couple in their 40s, a couple in their 60s. Now, we’re actually going to talk about Aman Patel and Hannah Patel, who are a couple in their 50s, who were actually a pharmacy owner. So I’m glad to welcome back Kelly and Robert to go through this case study. Guys, what’s going on?

[00:01:25] KRH: Doing well. 

[00:01:25] RL: Just staying cool out here in Phoenix.

[00:01:29] TB: Awesome. So let’s jump into our guy. So like I said, we’re going to be talking about the Patels and what they’re looking at as they approach retirement. So, Robert, why don’t you set us up, like we’ve done in previous cases, and kind of go through their overall demographic, what they’re looking at, where they live? Kelly, you’re going to get into goals and debt. Then I’ll kind of take us home with the rest of the balance sheet.

[00:01:50] RL: Yeah. So let’s jump right in. So we have Aman and Hannah Patel. So Aman is a pharmacy owner. He’s 59 years old. The salary he’s pulling out of the business is $150,000 a year. Obviously, as a pharmacy owner, he has no other income. That’s kind of his main source. His wife is a teacher. She’s 55. She makes $75,000 a year. Then she has some tutoring and support on the side, where she makes an additional $10,000 a year. They file their taxes jointly, and they are joining the pharmacy by their daughter, Jesse, who is a 29-year-old single pharmacist, who works through the pharmacy as well. 

They are residents of St. Paul, Minnesota. Their income numbers break down to a gross of $235,000, which breaks down to 19,005 monthly and roughly $9,500 net, beating after taxes, contributions, and insurance. So those expenses break down to roughly like a 40-20-40 fixed expenses, variable expenses, and savings. They’re living in a three-bedroom single-family home that they purchased back in 2005, when the prices were good, and it was a 30-year-mortgage at 5.75%. They were able to refinance in 2012, down to 3.5%, and they have about $155,000 left on that mortgage.

[00:03:04] KRH: All right. In terms of goals, they both want to retire in the next several years. Aman would like to sell the pharmacy to daughter, Jesse, and help her with that transition. Hannah will receive a teacher’s pension. So that is about $2,500 per month. But she doesn’t quite know how to claim that, how it works. Then also, knowing what their Social Security benefit might be as well is important. 

They are interested in no longer having a rental income property and would like to sell that, along with the pharmacy. But they are interested in staying in the St. Paul area. They have questions about paying off their debt, as they’re looking for that financial independence and retirement. Aman wants to golf more regularly and take those trips abroad, and Hannah wants to be more involved with charitable endeavors. They both want to help Jessie as much as possible, both as a new pharmacy owner, and she has some student loan debt as well. 

So the debt in question that we’ll be looking at is that there is still the home equity line of credit that looks like a balance of about 10,000. They’re paying aggressively on that, and it does have the interest rate of the 5%, as Robert mentioned. There is a car note of about 15,000. That has an interest rate of 4%. They’re paying 250 per month on that. Then they do have that mortgage payment for their primary residence, just under $1,400 for that and about 10 years remaining.

[00:04:41] TB: From a wealth-building perspective and, again, kind of bouncing back and forth between the net worth statement, they have about $50,000 in cash in the checking account and then another $75,000 in a high-yield savings account. They have a variety of investment accounts, Roth IRAs for both of them, 403(b) for Hannah, the SEP IRA that Aman has through the pharmacy, and then a taxable account that they’ve been contributing to. 

For the 403(b), Hannah has that, in addition to her pension. She puts about 10% in, which is about $15,000. She’s invested in balanced funds. Aman’s SEP IRA that he puts money into, he tries to target about $1,000 a month or $12,000 a year. He’s more conservative with his allocation. The Roth IRAs they’ve had in recent years contributed to, but they’ve stopped because they’re over the threshold for married filing jointly. Right now, they’re directing all those funds to their joint taxable accounts. So it’s about $1,400 a month or nearly $70,000 a year. Again, in terms of the allocation for the Roth IRAs, bounce more for Hannah, conservative more for Aman. Basically, the taxable account is going to be used to supplement their retirement. 

On the real estate perspective, they do have their primary home that they’ve purchased, and it’s worth about 395,000, with about 155,000 left on the mortgage. They have a rental property, which was their first home that they didn’t sell. Once they purchased the most recent one, that’s worth about 275,000 with no mortgage. Then Aman had did a recent evaluation on the pharmacy, and he thinks that the pharmacy is worth about 750,000. So that’s basically the balance sheet. 

From a wealth protection perspective, Aman has a $1.5 million term policy, life insurance policy that will expire at age 70. Hannah has one quarter of a million dollars that will expire at age 66. Aman has no short-term or long-term disability. Hannah has what she has through an employer, which basically covers 60% short term, 60% long term. Professional liability, Aman has his own policy. Then there’s the documents that definitely need to be dusted off, need to be updated and reviewed, especially with kind of the sale of the business upcoming. So they’re going to have to engage in attorneys for the sale and as the attorney to kind of get that rolling. 

From a tax perspective, Aman has an account he’s used for the last 10 years. Then they’re just concerned about how the taxes are going to be treated related to sell on the business. So they have to kind of navigate that. So miscellaneous things kind of makes additional income, as Kelly said, with school activities, and she might continue to do that post retirement. Cash flow and staffing issues are top issues during the transition. So I’m just making sure that the [inaudible 00:07:25] have the adequate staffing to make sure that Jesse is not killing herself initially. 

They have questions about, when do they – What’s the timing on the rental property? What do they do with the proceeds? Do they invest that? They’re kind of leaning towards more paying off the debt. Then Jesse wants to expand services at the pharmacy to increase lines of revenue. But Aman is less sure. So you kind of have that change management that they’re going to have to negotiate in terms of like who is the boss and when and what that looks like. 

So a lot of stuff going here, guys. Kelly, I’ll start with you. What would be some of the things that jump off the page for you in terms of what we need to tackle with regard to the financial plan?

[00:08:08] KRH: I mean, I guess the top priority would be the sale of the pharmacy, since it relates to funds they’d have available for retirement, also helping to take care of Jesse in the process as well. This certainly would speak to needing an attorney to be involved in some tax planning as well. But I guess one of the things to think through would be like how much – Jesse has student loans. Her resources might not be robust to do an outright sale, if the value of the pharmacy is $750,000. So sometimes, those family sales can be structured over time, deciding if there’s an interest rate or as part of it a gift. It would all be things that would be important to think about. 

It may be that smaller increments would be helpful for the family, in terms of planning as well, just to keep that tax liability for Aman and Hannah a little bit more manageable from year to year. So I guess that’s where I would start is getting some professional input to see what their options are, what an interest rate might look like, and how Jesse might be able to facilitate payment. That might also touch on the question of who’s making decisions. If it’s a partial buyout, if – I think those are always important things. Like the non-dollar and cents is just some of those logistics about how decisions will be made, who is going to be the board of directors, how to transition out. If you still have kind of a foot in the door, what does that mean in terms of your input and say?

[00:09:47] TB: Yeah. This is definitely one of those instances where as the CFP, I think you’re trying to quarterback in bringing different professionals because, obviously, from a legal perspective, from a tax perspective, an attorney, a CPA are going to have insight in terms of how to best structure this, and then kind of herd the cats along with a financial plan to see, okay, how does this all fit together? 

But, yeah, timing of like the sale. Is it a complete sale? Is it something that invests over time? How does the tax work in terms of capital gains on the sale of that? How do you structure a promissory note? Is there money down? Is Jesse taking less of a salary and doing more sweat equity? Or is she kind of being paid as an independent pharmacist would at a market rate? So those are all things I think that like those would be questions that bringing in other professionals to help kind of navigate that. 

Rob, I don’t know your take, but I think like three to five years, I think the time is now to start those conversations because I think it’s going to – Especially with an asset like this, it’s going to take longer than they think. So outside of kind of bringing in some of the professionals to start asking and answering some of these questions, what else would you want to know more about, whether it’s goals or what that looks like, with regard to their planning in kind of this transition that’s coming up?

[00:11:10] RL: Yeah. How much does he really want to work after that, right? So he’s 59 right now. Is he saying, “We’re going to stop working at 62 or 65.”? Is this a, “I want to have this transition started in three to five years.”? If he’s going to continue to work, especially helping her out, right? If she’s taking on the purchase of the business, she’s going to have to decrease expenses, and she may do that. Decrease that sweat equity, right? But she’s going to need help from a staffing perspective. 

So if he’s going to be working there into the future, then, yeah, the time is now to get that transition started. So that way, she can slowly take over, while he’s still accruing an income and then working on transitioning that business. I think a real perspective on not only when they want to sell the pharmacy but when he wants to fully retire will set that timeline from a payout perspective is what we are working with the lawyers and the accountants to decide what the timetable or the time horizon is for that buyout. That’ll factor in pretty strongly.

[00:12:07] TB: Yeah. I think like it could be one of those things, where if you’re doing some part-time staffing at a pharmacy that your daughter’s drawn in that you kind of built that, that might be a little bit more enjoyable in the later years of your career, where you’re not having to worry about payroll, or you’re not having to worry about management and things like that. Obviously, you’re mentoring your daughter. But maybe it just kind of takes a lot of the stress off of you, and it can extend your career. 

The thing that I would have bouncing around in my head is, okay, how can we structure this if it’s a seller finance and note that we can get paid enough to kind of get to that age 70, where Social Security – The strategy might be to delay that. Take money from the retirement accounts, delay Social Security, and then use that structured note as a way to kind of bridge that period. So I think those are the discussions in terms of like how long is that note going to be? What’s the interest rate to, Kelly, your point? If it’s not a market interest rate that that has to be considered a gift that we have to kind of track and make sure that we’re accounted for. 

So these are all things. I think it goes back to the goals, right? So like when do you see yourself getting out? Is that something where it’s a clean break? There’s a note in here about Jesse kind of wants to – She wants to expand services. Is Aman going to be on board with that, if he’s still majority owner, if it’s like a 50-50 thing? Or is it at this day, in January 1, 2028 or whatever it is, that they’re going to you, basically, hand the keys to Jesse, and then it’s going to be here’s the run. Those are all things I think to get on the table and flesh out to make sure it works for everyone. 

Kelly, what’s your take in terms of like – It sounds like they kind of want to simplify life. Obviously, passing on the ownership of the pharmacy to Jesse, they talked about selling the rental property and kind of getting out of the landlord game. What’s your take in terms of timing of that, what to do with the proceeds, etc.?

[00:14:15] KRH: I guess the timing of the sale of the rental property is a pretty well time to have this conversation with the way the housing market is at present. So I guess that’s always a factor, like depending on the urgency, like understanding the market factors in like is it now. Is it maybe wait a bit? We have at present such an interesting situation. We’re coming off like really high rates for purchases, low interest rates earlier in the summer now with the rates rising. So I guess that would be a component is kind of getting some professional advice about the market and whether now is the time. 

In terms of what to do with it, like I think it would be interesting to build out. I’ve heard you in the podcast, Tim, talk about the retirement paycheck. So kind of what do they need to have? That pension for Hannah adds a really nice resource, understanding at what year she gets what amount. If there are any other benefits from that pension would be good to know. Like are there any health care benefits, any disability, survivor benefits? So details there but then kind of looking at what’s coming in from the pension, getting their Social Security statements poured. 

Then you can took take a look at expenses and see like, okay, well, then I feel like then you’re looking at the debts and seeing like, well, what really does need to be paid off to make that paycheck work with the resources. The rate of the 5% is on the high side. So I like that they’re aggressively paying that off. That probably would be the top thing I would target. The car and the mortgage a little bit less. So but, again, depending on resource, if they really don’t want to have any payments, that does come back to personal preference. We can run some numbers. It’s probably a combination of the two. Like does the paycheck work? Do the financial numbers work? Just how they feel about having some debt going into retirement. 

[00:16:18] TB: Yeah. What’s not represented here is probably like what is the rental income that they’re getting from that. So obviously, giving that up for the potential of liquidating the 275,000, which was what we think it’s worth and then, again, how to apply that to the debt. To your point, I’m less concerned about that. I think maybe getting rid of the HELOC. Maybe the car note and then keeping the mortgage rolling could be kind of a balance. 

But right now, where the market is, is like if you have cash to potentially put in the market, now’s the best time to do it because of how depressed prices are. Again, not an advocate of timing the market, but it could be that we’ve lined up the sale along with – To Robert’s point, when we exit the pharmacy and kind of do it in one fell swoop. Or just kind of let the market drive it in terms of maybe you list it for sale or you try to rent it simultaneously and see what comes out. So I think there’s a little bit of give there. We don’t – There’s not an overwhelming need for cash, I think, as we as we sit here but definitely something to kind of, again, flesh out with regard to the plan. 

Robert, from an insurance perspective, is there anything that kind of jumps out here? Obviously, Kelly mentioned the pension. One of the things I did look up in Minnesota, if you’re a state employee, you do get Social Security as well. So she’ll have that. A lot of state employees don’t pay in Social Securities. They don’t have that benefit. So that’ll – She’ll kind of be able to get both. But in terms of like looking at the pension, looking at health care, Medicare, she has some life disability. Do you have any big concerns from an insurance perspective, as you’re kind of approaching this plan?

[00:18:01] RL: It’s hard to say kind of what that overall perspective looks like. I think their life insurance policies are in a good place right now. Aman’s going to go out till 70. She’s going to go till 66. She’s got the short-term long-term disability and Social Security disability benefits from them. He doesn’t have any disability benefits. But as a pharmacy owner with a daughter working there, you could probably finagle some work that you could still accomplish for an income. 

The professional liability is there. I’d be interested in starting to look at maybe some long-term care, depending on what the parents look like. What does mom and dad look like from then? Are they still around? Is this something that they’re going to have to care for? Then what that longevity looks like for Hannah and Aman. Are they going to be expecting to do some long-term care? Because as we approach that age 60, it starts to become more of a conversation of is this a policy we need to be looking into? But yeah. 

[00:18:51] TB: Yeah. I think the other thing – So if we look at – You kind of mentioned not having anything through the pharmacy. I think one of the things that is glaring is the lack of a 401(k) offering, which a lot of small businesses, independent pharmacies don’t offer. I think it’s because of like the expense related to 401(k)s. I think there are options out there. So that would be something that I would be talking too about them, once the dust settles or some of these initial things, is to kind of open up that bucket. So they can defer. Jesse could defer for herself. Even if Aman is planning to do that, it’s to kind of set up that bucket. So it’s another place to basically get retirement funds set aside. So I would definitely encourage that. 

In terms of the investments, obviously, they’re pretty conservative to balance between the two of them, which is not necessarily a bad thing to be three to five years from retirement. That’s probably fine. But when we get post retirement and kind of outside of the eye of the storm with [inaudible 00:19:53] risk, we’re going to have to adjust that once we get kind of everything rolling. 

But, yeah, I think the big thing here is really to start the conversations, if they haven’t already, and with the CPA, with the attorney, just to make sure everything is tracking to what they’re trying to do. I think the big thing that I would be talking to the two of them about is you got to make sure you’re taking – Anytime you have kids, it’s making sure you’re taking care of yourself and your retirement and not being, I don’t want to say, overly generous with the deal. But you want to make sure that it’s structured in a way that benefits both. 

I know you’re concerned about Jesse’s loans as well. But at the end of the day, we need to make sure that the retirement nest egg has longevity and that Aman and Hannah don’t have to go back into the workforce to kind of sustain their livelihoods. So a lot going on here. Anything else that you guys would call out with regard to the plan?

[00:20:49] RL: A good taxable investment that they’re doing, I think there might be a better use for that. Basically, it sounds like they took some of that mortgage money that they weren’t paying before, minus the property taxes, and they started putting it into a taxable account, which is a strong idea. Let’s have that money grow for us in the future. But I think if we’re putting that in 1,400 hours a month, that money – We could max out her 403(b). So let’s get that 403(b) maxed out. That brings down the adjusted gross income, which might even get us below or close to that threshold, where we could start making some sort of Roth contributions again.

They’re over 50, so they get a little bit of plus up, so using a little bit of gap there. So if we can get under that threshold, that would be a nice place to just get more money going towards the retirement, instead of in a taxable account.

[00:21:27] TB: That’s great point. So the catch up for the Roth IRAs, they could put up to 7,000. So 6,000 plus $1,000 catch up. Then for the 403(b), I think they have a special provision, where it’s 20,500. I think it’s an extra 6,500 for catch up. 403(b)s have kind of some special rules with regard to the catch up, but that would be another place to put dollars. I definitely want to see a balance of Roth, taxable, and pre-tax, which I think they have a good – But to your point, they probably could plus up more into Hannah’s, potentially open up the Roth IRA. I think they have a sizable enough taxable portion that if they needed to draw from that, in addition to IRAs, as they’re waiting to claim Social Security, there’s probably enough there to do that. Again, we’d have to model that out and see. But potentially, take advantage of the 403(b) while it’s there. So that’s a great point, Robert. Anything else that you guys would fall out here? I think we covered a lot of ground.

[00:22:29] KRH: I mean, I would agree with the investment assessment. I mean, even exploring backdoor Roths if they’re over the limit. At some point, you’ll model Roth conversions, potentially as well with other resources when the time is right. I guess the other thing with insurance too, if he does sell it, if Aman sells the pharmacy to his daughter, and there’s a buy-sell agreement, like often that involves insurance as well, if they’re partners and kind of just keeping an eye on that. 

[00:22:59] TB: Liability, cross purchase, key person, all of those things probably just need to be relooked at and potentially even bringing in an insurance professional to make sure that that’s all looking good. Yeah. So I think those are good points as well. 

Well, guys, I really appreciate the thoughts on this. I think a lot of work to do. I think a lot of coordination, obviously, with the sale of an asset, transitioning into retirement, working with family. There’s I think good constructive conversation to be had. So I appreciate your guys’ thoughts on this case study today, and I’m looking forward to doing the next one. 

[00:23:32] KRH: Okay. 

[00:23:32] RL: Sounds good. 

[00:23:33] KRH: Thank you.

[OUTRO]

[00:23:34] TU: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. 

Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts, and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist, unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward-looking statements that are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. 

Thank you, again, for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week. 

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

[wptb id="15454" not found ]

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 277: How This Pharmacist Teaches Financial Principles As a Preceptor and Parent


Dr. Frank McCabe discusses his career in pharmacy and how he teaches financial principles as a preceptor and parent. 

About Today’s Guest

Dr. Frank M. McCabe is currently a Pharmacist Consultant with over 37 years experience in the Healthcare industry. He received his undergraduate degrees from Orange County Community College-SUNY Orange (Business Administration) and MCPHS University-Boston (BS Pharm) and his graduate degrees, Masters in Business Administration (Management) from the West Point Military Academy Program (USMA) of Long Island University-CW Post Campus and Doctor of Pharmacy degree from MCPHS University-Boston. Dr. McCabe is a Board Certified Pharmacotherapy Specialist (BCPS). He has served as a preceptor to pharmacy students and pharmacy practice residents. Most of Dr. McCabe’s pharmacy professional experience was in Hospital Pharmacy, including leading one of Nations leading healthcare institutions (St. Joseph’s Health of NJ) acute care hospitals during the Covid-19 pandemic (St. Joseph’s Wayne Medical Center, Wayne, NJ). Dr. McCabe also has had experience in Community practice and Pharmaceutical Industry (Medication Safety and Pharmaceutical Sales Management/Data Management). Dr. McCabe is also a Certified NJ Consultant Pharmacist, which is recognized Nationally by the VA. He has extensive engagement in Professional Societies, including when practicing in New York State as Secretary for the Mid-Hudson Chapter of the NYS Council of Health System Pharmacists and over 10 years as Treasurer for the North Chapter of the New Jersey Society of Health System Pharmacists. Dr. McCabe was also a frequently requested speaker on Nutrition and Vitamins for Corporations and Community organizations in the North New Jersey area.

Episode Summary

This week, YFP Co-Founder & CEO, Tim Ulbrich, PharmD, is joined by Frank McCabe, PharmD, BCPS, MBA. Frank is a pharmacist consultant with over 37 years of experience in the pharmacy industry. This week, Dr. McCabe discusses his career in pharmacy, how he caught FIRE early in his career, strategies he employed to allow his children to attend out-of-state schools with very little debt, and how he incorporated personal finance education into his rotational experiences for student pharmacists as a preceptor. 

Frank’s advice to younger pharmacists includes being active in professional societies for continuing education, networking, and helping the future generation of pharmacists. He also encourages younger pharmacists to look for opportunities and training, as he did, so that when opportunities in the pharmacy field present themselves, they may take advantage. He shares a reminder to take care of your mental and physical health while seeking opportunities to make additional income. Being conservative with spending and living frugally while paying off student loan debt can be balanced with putting money into your retirement accounts as well. For pharmacists in the latter part of their careers, Frank explains his view of the current time of financial challenges and high volatility during this period of his retirement. The episode closes with Frank’s strategies for educating student pharmacists and his children on financial principles. His methods include building an understanding of the value of hard work balanced with finding and enjoying your life’s passions.

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRODUCTION]

[00:00:01] TU: Hey everybody, Tim Ulbrich here, and thank you for listening to the YFP podcast, where each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. This week, I had the pleasure of interviewing Frank McCabe, a pharmacist consultant living in Pittsburgh, with more than 35 years of experience as a pharmacist spanning institutional practice, pharmacy administration, and pharmaceutical industry. 

During the show, we discuss how he caught fire with personal finance early on in his career. Some of the strategies that he employed to allow his now adult children to attend out of state schools nearly debt-free. And why and how he incorporates personal finance education into rotation experiences for student pharmacists. 

Before we jump into the show, I recognize that many listeners may not be aware of what the team at YFP Planning does and working one on one with more than 250 households in 40-plus states. YFP Planning offers fi only high-touch financial planning that is customized to the pharmacy professional. If you’re interested in learning more about working one on one with a certified financial planner may help you achieve your financial goals, you can book a free discovery call at yfpplanning.com. 

Whether or not YFP Planning’s financial planning services are a good fit for you, know that we appreciate your support of this podcast and our mission to help pharmacists achieve financial freedom. Okay, let’s jump into my interview with Frank McCabe. 

[INTERVIEW]

[00:01:27] LB: Frank, welcome to the show.

[00:01:29] FM: Thank you, Tim. Glad to be here. And hopefully we can help the next generation and admire what you’ve done with your financial pharmacist and being an entrepreneur. And it’s really much needed in our profession.

[00:01:42] TU: I really appreciate that. And I’ve been looking forward to this conversation. And just some background of how we got here, as you had reached out to me about purchasing a copy of the book Seven Figure Pharmacist because of a student that you were precepting and wanting to pay it forward. And that initiated a conversation. And we went back and forth with a few emails. 

And I quickly realized that you had a passion for, as you mentioned, training up the next generation, paying it forward, teaching some of the principles that have been so important to you in your own personal journey and your own career journey as well. And so, that’s what we’re going to be talking about here today. We’ll talk a little bit about your personal career journey in pharmacy. We’ll talk a little bit about your family journey and how you taught your children about money or still teaching children about money. 

[00:02:26] FM: Absolutely. 

[00:02:27] TU: And the work that you’ve done precepting students and thoughts that you have on teaching personal finance as a part of some of those experiential rotations. Let’s start, Frank, with your own personal journey and pharmacy. Where did you go to school? When did you graduate? And what drew you into the profession?

[00:02:43] FM: Oh, gosh. Tim, it’s a long journey. 37 faithful years ago. And actually, over 40. I was in the top 25% of my graduating class in high school. And in New York State, in Orange County. Applied to Albany College of Pharmacy. Didn’t get in. Oh, no. But I really admired my family pharmacist, Stanley Moroknek, who own Thrift Drugs in Monroe, New York. So, okay, I did what was convenient and easy to do. But it worked out real well. 

I went to SUNY Orange, the State University in New York, community college. Got a two-year degree in business. And you’ll see how that ties in later on. Completed my associate’s degree. Applied to Massachusetts College of Pharmacy, which is now MCPHS University, Northeastern College of Pharmacy. 

And what was unique about going to a SUNY school, I was guaranteed a spot in a four-year school. I got accepted at SUNY Buffalo for business. But really wanted to pharmacy. So I went off to MCPHS University. And so, I did my undergrad degree there, my Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy. Graduated in December of 1983 and came out into practice. Eventually, I did go on and earn an MBA and also a my PharmD.

[00:03:53] TU: Tell us maybe the cliff note version, 1983 to 2022. Tell us about your career journey, the different areas of the profession that you’ve been in and leading up to the work that you’ve done most recently.

[00:04:07] FM: Yeah, thank you, Tim. I work for CVS when I first graduated school. It was 13-hour days. No lunch. No dinner. No break. Because you were part of management. I graduated 160 pounds. After a year, I was 130 pounds. I said, “I can’t keep this up. I’ll waste away to nothing.” 

I took an opportunity to work for the New York State Office of Mental Health at a large inpatient psychiatric center. It had 1,000 patients when I started there. And that’s where I cut my hospital chops. Like, institutional pharmacy jobs. 

I realized that working there was very good for the patients. Worked with a great group of people. Pharmacists are just smart people and just great people to collaborate with. But also, had a yearning and a desire to do other things in pharmacy and to be a director and assistant director in New York State OMH, often mental health, you would have to have an advanced degree. 

At that time, the Continental Health Care Systems, we’re switching to pharmacy automation. Back then there was no computers, no clinical. It was all typing everything out. Going back years and years. And we visited one of the booths at the New York State Council of Health System Pharmacists. And I should weave in there, Tim. Still to this day, for most of my career, I’ve been active in professional societies. And that’s one way I do give back. And I really implore the younger generation to become involved, whether it’d be a community practice, or institutional practice society. Because you meet a lot of good people and you also have opportunities for continuing education and also to help the younger generation. 

It was through that meeting that I went back and realized I really needed to get an MBA. We were very fortunate at West Point, the New York State Military Academy, Long Island University. Had a program there for 30 years. It was half civilian, half military. Did 60 credits in 18 months while working full-time.

[00:06:05] TU: Wow! Wow!

[00:06:07] FM: And that gave me the opportunity, and my X as well. And I went into pharmaceutical sales, and rose through there. Became a district sales manager. But the industry changed after 2000. The regulatory climate changed. The political climate changed. 

But one thing that sales was very good for, and I think I say to the younger generation, everybody should do a stint in sales. You’re selling a product, but you’re also selling yourself, Tim. You need to articulate your ideas and things. 

And I’ll tie that in for when I was at St. Joseph’s Health, St. Joseph’s Health in northern New Jersey. And I was at St. Joseph’s University Medical Center for six years. It is the fifth busiest emergency room in the entire nation with over 170,000 ER visits a year. Clinically, it was great. Interacting with residents, the pharmacy residents, the clinical pharmacist. But you really need to be able to have opportunities. 

And along my career, besides continuing education, having an MBA, going back for my PharmD, you don’t know what doors are going to be open to you. And there was a management shake-up at St. Joseph’s, and I had the opportunity to become the manager, the pharmacist in charge, at our small facility, St. Joseph Wayne Medical Center. But nobody had figured this out, Tim. I have an MBA. I’m good with numbers. Most pharmacists are excellent with numbers. Nurses are not so good with numbers. But boy, they’re so good at other things and just have such admiration and appreciation for what they do.

But because of that MBA and that additional education, it paid off that many years later. I got my MBA in December of 1991. But here we are in 2018 and my career and realized that St. Joseph’s Health, between both facilities, we had $2.1 million in expired drugs. Not unusual. Probably on the higher side. But the only way you’re going to get a handle on that, Tim, is through automation. 

But also, I was responsible for – neither facility had other pharmacy upgraded in 40 years. We didn’t have any clean rooms. Hey, where are we going to get the money for this? And better yet, we need clean rooms. We need carousels. 

I saw Omnicell’s IVX. I don’t know if – Are you familiar with IVX at all, Tim? 

[00:08:35] TU: I’m not. No. 

[00:08:36] FM: In terms of sterile compounding. It’s a modular device that’ll go in the hood. It has a scale on it. It has a printer. It has a camera. And there’s a cloud library of the specific gravities of the active ingredients and the inactive ingredients. You’re checking that process. While the technicians are compounding, you’re capturing that for regulatory and legal purposes going forward. 

I went out – in fact, we came out here to cranberry, Pennsylvania, to Omnicell’s headquarters for their automation, and realized, “Hey, we can do this.” I was with my boss, Mike Cairoli, who’s now a VP at St. Joseph’s Health, and got a two and a half million-dollar contract signed. They don’t guarantee it anymore. But we also had guarantees of two and a half million dollars in savings over five years. 

I was able to go to the C suite at St. Joseph’s Health. And they’re second biggest provider of charity care in the state of New Jersey and very poor, but to get these contracts signed. And it’s because of my passion. And I tried to inculcate in my staff, whether it’d be the pharmacists or the technicians. And it was true, Tim. On a given day, a patient upstairs could be a colleague, could be a family member, be a friend. It’s our obligation and to practice at our highest level as pharmacist. But to do that, you need technology. I had the opportunity to do that. And also, appeared before the New Jersey Board of Pharmacy twice to educate the board on technology. 

And for reasons, and we wanted to be closer to family here in the Pittsburgh area, we relocated here. But St. Joseph’s Health, last March, the New Jersey Board of Pharmacy requires that a pharmacist be in the cleanroom or the compounding area when the technicians are compounding. But because of my background in sales, my MBA, always been trying to get educated, just not in our profession, but also outside our profession, St. Joseph’s Health was the first institution in the state of New Jersey to get approval and have a pilot once they’re up and running with their cleanrooms and Omnicell’s IVX to have the pharmacists remotely located outside still having line of sight with the technicians compounding, but not having to be in there. 

And the rationale for that, human beings, a simple matter of our head, Tim, you kick off 50,000 flakes of skin and bacteria. More people are introduced to that clean space, the risk of breaking that sterile compounding area. And also, if you had a pharmacist in there, as I talked to Linda Weitzel, the board president Anthony Rubinaccio, the Executive Director of Board of Pharmacy and other members of the board, that you could have 15 technicians compounding. But one pharmacist? How is that safe? 

If you look at that career progression, I would implore the younger generation. It’s tiring. You’re working. You get family. You have children. But always look for those opportunities to latch on to education, whether it’d be a formal education through advanced education, or certificate programs. Because you don’t know down the road where those opportunities are going to happen. And if you have the skill set and that education and training, when that door opens, you can step through it.

[00:12:04] TU: That’s really great, Frank. And it’s really cool to see the thread. One of the things you mentioned, which resonates with me a lot, is the importance of some of the sales principles that you learned, obviously, through the work that you did in the pharmaceutical industry. But as you mentioned, it’s not just about selling the product. It’s about selling yourself and some of the confidence that comes through that process. But I can see where that sales background comes to be when you’re in front of the C suite at St. Joseph and making a pitch. When you’re in front of the board of pharmacy, the New Jersey board, those are sales principles. You’re not, per se, selling a product. But you’re really bringing yourself forward and obviously making a pitch for what you want to do. Really cool to hear and see the thread throughout the journey that you mentioned. 

I want to shift a little bit and talk about some of your own personal financial journey, but also how you’ve been able to instill these principles not only within your own family, but also with students and others that you’ve precepted. And something that really stood out to me in our email exchange was how you instilled the financial knowledge in your children. And before we jump into that, I’m curious how and why did you get interested in personal finance? Was there a moment? Was it through the MBA training? Was it something that you’ve always had an interest in that you’ve always self-taught yourself? Where does your passion and interest around personal finance come from?

[00:13:21] FM: Good question, Tim. And you and I spoke about that a little bit before the recording. It really has to go back to my mom. She passed away just this past April. I miss her every day. On 93 years of age. But she was a bookkeeper, Tim. And a different generation. But her high school education at Walton High School in the Bronx really put her in good stead for lifelong earning ability. 

She reveled in telling us, children and grandchildren, the story of looking for – back in the old days, there was ads in newspapers. It was an ad for a Ford dealership. And back then, they only wanted a man. But she went and said I have the skills. And she got the job. 

I learned that a young age that from mom, genetically, but how to manage your checkbook. How to manage finances. But also, kind of like you, you were saying your mom and dad put up envelopes on the refrigerator. We didn’t have that sophistication. 

I’m the youngest of four. I have three older sisters. The other one is deceased. But we always have the ability to earn extra money. I would clean mom and dad’s car. Hey, if I need extra cash, you can go vacuum and clean their cars, clean the windows. And then we used to – maybe about a mile away, we grew up in a mountaintop in Orange County, New York, there was a convenience store at the bottom of the hill. But we would go buy candy and then resell it at a candy stand. I learned about the multiplier effect of money. 

And then I worked in food service for seven years, Tim, on the New York State Thruway while I was going to community college. And you name it, I did it. I was a cashier. And then I worked in the office on the weekends when I was doing my community college studies. You learn that early. 

And then off to MCPHS University, and mom and dad was very helpful. But I kind of ran out of spending money halfway through the year. We were at Emmanuel College, which was an all-girls Catholic college at the time, MCP, leased a dorm from them. I went off down the block to McDonald’s by Fenway Park and work to get some spending money. 

[00:15:36] TU: Yeah. I love it. 

[00:15:38] FM: Just had that drive and that initiative. But also, making sure I kept up academically as well. I think your question, it comes from genetics. It comes from a good mentor. And then also, the rewards of working and having goals. I’ve really admired our family pharmacist, Stanley Moroknek. I was an otitis media sufferer growing up. And he was just fantastic. I had a goal. And I needed the money. It’s, “Okay, I got to do the academics.” But it needs some spending money because I want to go to Fanueil Hall, or I want to go see a concert. That’s what I did, Tim.

[00:16:16] TU: We talked a little bit about before we recorded today that there’s some challenging times for new practitioners that are out there making this transition from a student pharmacist to the first decade of their career. The student loan debt is well known. We’ve talked about it extensively on the show. The numbers are somewhat mind boggling. North of $170,000 on average of student loan debt.

[00:16:39] FM: Oh, easy. 

[00:16:40] TU: Many, may be higher, private education, longer pathways of education. We’ve seen somewhat of a flattening and stagnation of wages. We’re in a high inflationary period. Pharmacists, certainly still, relatively speaking, make a good income. But many folks may have a ceiling on that income. My question for you, as we think about the next generation of pharmacists and those that are listening, is there a piece of advice or two, Frank, that you would share now looking back 37 plus years of your career? Things that you learned along the way or words of wisdom that you wish you would have had early on that could be helpful to those that are in the front half of their career?

[00:17:19] FM: You have to look at self-help, Tim, in terms of your mental health and your physical health. You’ve got to take care of yourself first. But I think what is put me in good stead over the years is taking the opportunities for overtime. And also, the skill set. Though, here I am a hospital pharmacist, and then a hospital pharmacy manager. But there’s a small chain of independent pharmacies in North New Jersey. And I would add – I get a phone call during the day, “Hey, Frank, can you work tonight.” I would ask the younger generation, besides working 40 or 45 hours a week, whatever your primary job is. And if you have that debt, is to pick up additional shifts elsewhere. 

I know as a hiring manager at St. Joseph’s Health and a short stint here at Allegheny Health Networks, it’s very difficult to find qualified, competent hospital pharmacists. If somebody’s working in community practice, pick up a hospital shift or two as a per diem pharmacist. And that’s one way you can make a transition to hospital pharmacy. 

But what was nice about hospital pharmacy, I work shift work. And at St. Joseph’s, they were a little unique. My shifts were 6:30 to 3:00. I always had my – 90% of my evening is free. I could pick up if somebody called me and they needed coverage on one of the stores that night. 

And funny enough, at St. Joseph’s Health, Monday nights were the biggest nights for call outs. 99% of time, I’d pick up extra shifts. And also, besides earning money, Tim, I’ve always driven my vehicles in excess of 100,000 miles. Even here I am today mostly retired, I am driving a Subaru that’s got 175,000 miles. Can we afford to go buy another car? Sure. But it’s the principle that matter. I don’t need that new flashy thing. 

But also, it’s also putting money into the 401k, and making sure, at a minimum, you’re getting that match. So many institutions or corporations, you don’t have a traditional pension plan. St. Joseph’s Health, they had what was called the church plan. There were lawsuits. But come next year, I’ll be getting a small pension from them. They had switched to a 403b. As soon as they switched with that, they had grandfathered the pension plan. But I started putting money into that 403b. 

And even despite the downturn in 2008, Tim, I did nothing. I let it ride. Because I believe in the stock market historically. Part of the conversation you and I talked about was it’s not what you earn. It’s also what you save. Try and live frugally. 

And also, another way that I do that, another passion of mine, and that may be for a little bit of another segment of our discussion today, Tim, I had the opportunity at St. Joseph’s Health to present and lecture to corporations and community groups over 30 times on supplements and nutrition. Where that ties in terms of your own personal health and well-being, I would bring my own food to work. 

Not only wasn’t that frugal and savings, but it was always available to me. I didn’t have to go to the cafeteria. I made sure that what I was getting was healthy. I never understood about hospital institutional cafeterias selling deep fried chicken and French fries. But they do.

[00:20:46] TU: They do. Well, and I think the frugality message there I think is really important. Maybe a word that my generation doesn’t love necessarily. But I think, frugality, it’s important to remember. It’s not just about the dollars and what we do with those dollars. Certainly, that’s very important, whether we’re paying down debt, or investing, or saving for the future. But it’s also about the momentum and the mindset. 

Here you are nearing retirement. You’ve had a successful career. And you share that, after this interview, you’re going to be working on your Subaru, which is 170,000 miles plus. So, you can keep that thing going and not have to buy another car. And could you? As you mentioned, yes, you could. But it’s that mindset and that momentum that transcends any one financial decision, right? I always say it’s not just about the used car. It’s about the mindset with a used car, which then transcends your ability to save, your momentum to save, and the ability to move towards other financial goals. 

One question I’d have for you, Frank, especially for pharmacists listening that are maybe in the latter part of their career, here we are in a very challenging, volatile time period of the market. You mentioned, you’re mostly retired, how are you viewing this time period? You’ve done all this work to accrue your assets leading up to retirement. And here we are in a very challenging time period. But you’ve always had this long-term view of investing. Just take us inside Frank’s brain in the moment as someone who’s nearing retirement and how you’re viewing this high volatility period as you’re approaching a time where you may need to draw upon those funds.

[00:22:21] FM: One point that is unique in my situation, Tim, that helps me a lot, my wife, Marge, is a retired public school business administrator for the state of New Jersey. And she continues to work. In fact, she’s doing CE today. But I have her health benefits. That affords some flexibility. 

Do I get worried about the market? Yes. But I lived through the downturn in 2008. I have my 401k monies, my 403 monies, in lifestyle funds. As you go through time, they’re morphing more towards bonds. I’ve seen the growth in my retirement funds from 10, 15 years ago. And also, because I was in pharmaceutical sales, and I worked for GlaxoSmithKline, when I left their employ, I left my 401k monies there, because they pay – It’s a much bigger corporation. Lot more monies. 

At some point, I will have to consolidate this. But a lot of the fees they’ve paid to manage those funds. That has allowed my money to grow. I think that the days of staying with an employer for 30 or 40 years is rare. I think for the younger pharmacist is, okay, don’t panic. Leave the money. And then at some point – it’s a little bit of a hassle sometimes to tie that money together to roll it over. But you don’t want to take that out. 

If you need money –I can. And I looked before I started with Allegheny General Hospital last year, within 14, 10 miles of my house, I think there’s 14 independent pharmacies, Tim? And you’re looking at, from my knowledge, the first pharmacist in the history of the state of Pennsylvania, because of my perseverance and persistence to get his immunization licensed by reciprocity. They’ve never done that before. I would say to the younger generation, believe in yourself. Follow through. But it takes a lot of work. 

I sent 30 pages of documentation to the board here in a pandemic. Okay, I didn’t get my education training for immunization. It was back in 2013. No, it’s not two years ago, like the board requires. But I’ve been immunizing up until then. I think tying in financially, and that long view outlook is that persistence and perseverance. Believing yourself. Taking care of yourself. Eating right. Getting exercise.

[00:24:53] TU: Yep. And letting the time value of money do its thing, right? You live through a couple of steps. And one thing I was sharing recently with some folks is I graduated in ’08. And for folks that have graduated somewhere around that time period, or since then, this is really the first test of that long-term view and philosophy that we talk about. 

And it’s one thing to say it. It’s another thing to live it, especially for folks that have maybe been saving for 12, 13 years. You look at your portfolio, it could be down 20%, 25%, 30%. But to hear from folks such as yourselves that have lived through these dips. And we know the history. If we look at the market since the Great Depression, this is not unique. It’s happened before. The reasons are different. But this is not unique. And this is why we’ve got to have that long-term view of investing and make sure that we’re keeping that long-term view in mind.

[00:25:43] FM: I agree. I agree. And one thing we left out of there, and maybe that’s another segment, is also real estate.

[00:25:49] TU: Mm-hmm. Tell me more. Is that been a part of your journey?

[00:25:52] FM: It has been. Yeah, I’ve not been a real estate investor in the sense of some people could do it if you have the stomach for it. It’s just not my personality. But some people do get investment properties and rent out. But I’ve been a homeowner since 1986. And this is probably my fifth home. I don’t own the other homes. But the market long-term has been good. Because the current structure, it’s a little bit different especially living – Well, we lived in – Pennsylvania can be higher in taxes, but New Jersey certainly was one of the highest in the nation. And that limit would solve taxes. But getting that home equity over the years, and sweat equity. 

For me, Tim, growing up in high school, I took power mechanics and woodworking. And I worked with my hands. And I find that relaxing. But now, gosh, the younger generation, don’t forget YouTube. You can learn how to hang a drape. You can learn how to do a minor Plumbing Repair, do those kinds of things. I would also suggest that the younger generation, when they can afford it, is to get into their own home. 

And I kind of laugh, but I don’t want to laugh. Mortgage rates are at 5%, right? 

[00:27:08] TU: That’s right. 

[00:27:09] FM: But historically, my first home was like 13%. 

[00:27:11] TU: Yeah. Perspective, right? 

[00:27:13] FM: And our current home, Tim, we have a mortgage. We don’t need it. But it’s a 2.375%. We’re using somebody else’s money. You think of that time value of money, as you talked about, and how you deploy those assets, how you deploy your savings, how you deploy your long-term goals.

[00:27:34] TU: Frank, let me put myself in the shoes of a student on rotation with you, and you’re teaching me all these things, time value of money, and home appreciation, and equity in the home, and all the things long-term. And I hear all that. And I’m like, “Frank, that’s great. But I’ve got $200,000 in student loan debt. Homes are at crazy prices right now. Pharmacist income is relatively flat.” If we get tangible for a moment, it really comes down to we need to live off of less than we make so that we can create the cash flow to be able to allocate money towards these longer-term goals. 

And so, what does that look like? I’m a new graduate. I’m a transitioning graduate. What are the principles that I’m putting in place that allow me to live that discipline lifestyle so I can live off of less than I make and I can ultimately try to really save and invest the difference?

[00:28:24] FM: Tim, I don’t think it’s dissimilar to high school education today. Nevermind college graduates and pharmacist graduates. They fill our heads with so much clinical knowledge, and it’s great, and it’s a value to the patients that we serve. But I don’t think the schools are doing a good job in terms of what is this tuition mean. 

And when you’re going through, try and be frugal student. But now here, you graduate, and you said the average is $170,000 in debt? Well, how the heck am I going to get out of this debt? Well, you got to have a job. You get your primary job. 

Also, do a time value analysis. You can go to bankrate.com. You can use Excel. And I’ve done that with my students that, “Okay, here’s your debt. What do you think the current interest rate is going to be? What’s your minimum payment going to be?” Nevermind how do I get rid of this debt? 

And the students that I talked with, the schools have not done a good job of providing them with resources and information. They’re smart enough. Heck, hell, yeah. Yeah. We’re two percenters, Tim. Do you know what I mean by two percenters?

[00:29:29] TU: In terms of the 2% that are applying? Or what are you referring to?

[00:29:33] FM: No. Only about 2% of the US population has doctoral level degrees. 

[00:29:38] TU: Oh, okay. 

[00:29:39] FM: It’s probably evenly split between professional degrees like MD, PharmD, and PhDs. Let’s face it. You get through pharmacy school, they’re smart people. But they’ve just not gotten a sense. It’s like, “Oh my gosh.” And I think what I’ve done, and I think any graduating pharmacist can do, once you get that job, is hopefully you’re eligible for overtime. If not, you pick up extra shifts. Find another job. Maybe it’s outside of your passion or what you’re doing. But there’s usually – because there’s no benefits involved. 

I know probably – I’m 99% sure, Tim. I go and throw my CV around within 10 miles of here, and somebody’s looking [inaudible 00:30:25]. I’ll pick it up. 

[00:30:28] TU: Yup, absolutely. 

[00:30:28] FM: Yeah. I wouldn’t say, “Okay, I got this debt. What’s my minimum payment? What’s my maximum payment?” Because that’s going to impede their ability to get a mortgage, to buy a car. Got to pay for benefits out of your paycheck, for health insurance. But also, if there’s a retirement plan, you want to make sure you maximize that. Because the time value of money, you graduate ’24, ‘25. And you’re going to retire. Let’s say they raise social security to 68. Oh, boy! The value of compounding that. And you could do that through easily on bankrate.com. If I put 50 bucks a paycheck, times 52 weeks, and do that over 30 or 40 years. But you need to – Yeah, I can do vancomycin dosing. But nobody’s taught me how to do this.

[00:31:20] TU: Yeah. No. It’s so true. And I think there’s a gap. We’ve been fortunate to partner with over 40 colleges and to do some personal finance education. Often, those are one-off sessions. But for several of them, we’ve seen individuals at the dean level that have really bought into, “Hey, we need to be doing this and doing this longitudinally for our students.” 

And what I love hearing preceptors like yourself doing this, it needs to continue from the didactic curriculum to the experiential curriculum. And obviously, my hope is even post-graduation associations and others will pick up some of the education as well. And then we need to pass it on and pass it back, so that when we’re precepting students, we’re able to help them in their own journey. 

And step number one is often just that awareness. You give the example of student loan debt and the calculator. And before we can put a plan into action, we have to know what we’re working with. And so, $170,000, as I’ve said on the show before through my own journey, that feels like Monopoly money. But when you look at it as a monthly payment, and what does this actually mean? Okay, this starts to become real. Now we can put a plan in place. 

And we first have to accept that, yes, pharmacists might make a good six figure income, but you’re not taking home six figures, right? And this is simple math. We all know this. But students may not be thinking about that. Or what is the actual take home amount? And coming down a little bit off of the high of that, and then looking at what’s that going to mean in terms of bills, mortgages, student loan expenses. And really starting to work that budget so we can make sure we’re achieving those longer-term goals.

[00:32:54] FM: And I think, Tim, sometimes you look at that big figure of 170,000, you throw up your arm. 

[00:32:59] TU: That’s right. Yup. 

[00:33:01] FM: But so often, you got to slice that pie. Here’s the pie for food. Here’s the pie for the rent. Here’s the pie from a student loan. Okay, I can do this on my salary. But I don’t want to be paying this off for – I want to get a house. I want to go on vacation. How am I going to accelerate this? And I think the way to do it is you have no choice. I think you’ve really got to pick up an additional job. And that’s okay, because it’s a sprint. You get through that. Get that loan paid off. And then you can start doing what you really want to be doing.

[00:33:37] TU: Frank, one of the things you shared with me is that your daughter became debt-free at the age of 28. Your son, very small amount of debt. He’s an engineer for Tesla. And so, for me, as a father of four young boys running YFP, teaching them about personal finance is a really important topic. And I’ve tried a few different things with my kids. And it’s been interesting to see some of the behaviors and habits that they’re picking up on. As you look at now, parenting adult children, I would guess this journey never ends, right? In terms of teaching and – 

[00:34:08] FM: Tim, it never ends. Parental love. And I just talked to my children last night, and it’s just you think and worry about them, and frighten them every day.

[00:34:19] TU: Yeah. What worked for you? As you look back on that journey, and teaching your kids about money, what were some of the strategies that you employed, or even things that you’re currently employing? For folks that are listening that maybe have younger children or perhaps will have children into the future, what are some of the strategies? What are some of the tips when it comes to teaching kids about money?

[00:34:40] FM: I think it starts off with, Tim, that my ex and I are both pharmacist and believe in higher education. And also, believe that idle hands are the devil’s hands. And there’s a cost associated with that. But we always kept our kids busy, even if we’re both working parents. It might be after care, during the school year, going to parochial school, and during the summer, going to enrichment camps. But that also tied in. 

My daughter, she played town rec ball, high school basketball, AAU basketball. And she went on to the University of Massachusetts at Dartmouth for sculpture and graphic design. And she played division three basketball. And that was her passion. As parents, we didn’t expect her to get a part-time job. 

But my son had the good fortune, from Montclair, New Jersey to get accepted. We lived in Cedar Grove, New Jersey. But by taking the train, the path into New York City every day, he got accepted into Xavier high school in Manhattan. And that’s a Jesuit school, all boys. But also, by getting accepted, he also got the Sons of St. Patrick’s scholarship. And that required him to work. 

He worked at a mom and pop local gardening store all four years. Of course, I was beneficiary, because I got the shrubs for half price. I did some of my own landscaping. You know, sweat equity. Both children, they learned to work hard and be passionate through different avenues. 

I’m wrestling my daughter being academically, getting scholarships, but also working hard. She was never a star player, but she really enjoyed it. And living in New Jersey at the time, both kids went to state schools out of state. You’re paying out of state tuition. We just buckled down. I picked up extra shifts so I didn’t have to eat pork and beans. But we, me and my ex, paid a majority of their education. 

But you were talking – And this is not that long ago, Tim. It was $30,000 a year tuition, room and board. They both have cars. You’re talking $50,000 a year each. Marissa graduated with, I think, about $8,000 in loans. And she has paid those. And then Matthew had about 17,000. That was it, from Purdue University. And he’s down to 5000. And he’s in no rush, because there’s been no need.

It’s teaching your children the value of money younger, of hard work. Also, following your passions. Marissa is probably lifelong – She’s had some injuries. But she goes to the gym. I was a skier. My son took to snowboarding like a fish to water. And also, mountain biking. It’s not just teaching your kids the value of money and hard work, Tim. But it’s also introducing them to sports activities they can do lifelong and be healthy. Because not only just physically healthy, but mentally healthy. Both of my children, yeah, when I talk with them, they go to the gym, they do hiking. Matthew just loves being out in Reno, Nevada, because he’s an hour and a half from the Sierra Nevadas. And buys the epic pass and whatever passes, and every time he can when he’s not at work.

[00:38:10] TU: Tough life, huh? Tough life out there. Yeah. I love, really, the message of work. I think so often, for good reasons, we talk about strategies, like, 529 accounts, and saving, and scholarships, and cash flowing it, and all of those have value. But one of my hopes with my boys is, sure, we’d love to help where we can financially, whether that’s 529 accounts, whether that’s guiding them to scholarships, whether that’s cash flowing it. The expense so they’re not burdened with the debt. But also, there’s a lifelong lesson that comes from that hard work component, right? And that is something that transcends any type of transfer of here’s $10,000, from a 529 account. That’s great. But the lifelong lesson of the hard work that can come from that is going to have a much, much bigger return on investment. I think that’s a great reminder. And I’m grateful that you shared that.

Frank, my last question for you is I suspect we have many pharmacists listening that have students on rotation with them, residence on rotation with them, and perhaps have thought before, “How can I incorporate this topic of personal finance into the rotation? Into the learning experience?” 

And I’ve actually had a handful of people email me over the past couple years that are doing some cool things around this topic. And so, my question is, for you, that others might be able to adopt or build upon, what have you done, practically speaking, with students around the topic of personal finance that others might be able to apply in their own situation?

[00:39:41] FM: What I’ve done – and I just did it with Jordan. As you know, I bought a gift. And we’ve got to get together. I’ve been so busy. But I did reach out to him. I do have your book. And within the next couple of weeks, him and I will get together. But one of the first things we did, I have no – Hey, when are you going to graduate? Depends what year they’re in. How much money do you have in loans? And what does that mean? Here’s that dollar figure. What are your plans for paying that back? How are you going to pay it back? 

You introduce them to tools, whether through Excel or bankrate.com. And make a realistic, concrete example of what their payment is going to be when they graduate? And what jobs are available to them? And also, suggest, and try, and push, and prod, and share with them what I’ve done and what’s been successful for me. 

And my mom, at a young age, she – They said, “Well, how are you going to be successful in college?” Well, I like nice things, Tim. Nice things doesn’t necessarily mean new, shiny things. But it means the ability – my days off, I want to go skiing. I want to go mountain biking. It’s putting concrete things to that student and saying, “How are you going to get there and follow your personal passions, as well as your professional passions?” But also, because it’s become so competitive, Tim, I also encourage the students to become board certified.

[00:41:10] TU: Yeah, another credential that can help there. And I love the angle of the passions, right? Because one of things we often talk about is that a good financial plan – Yes, we need to be taking care of our future self. Yes, we need to be planning for retirement. But we also have to make sure we’re living a rich life today, right? Throughout. There has to be this balance between the two. 

And I think that connects and makes the topic come alive, especially as we’re talking about working with students, that when I talk about 401k accounts, 403b accounts, Roth IRAs, HSAs, insurance policies, those are tomorrow things in their mind. 

[00:41:45] TU: That’s Greek. That’s Greek. 

[00:41:46] TU: Right. Exactly. Yeah, it’s overwhelming. It’s confusing. But what’s right in front of them are student loans. I’m thinking about buying a home. There’re these things that I haven’t done for the last six or eight years when I’ve been in school that I’ve enjoyed that were hobbies or passions that I haven’t done that don’t want to do again. And so, being able to really lean into those areas that they can resonate with, that they can hook on to, I think can really help make the financial plan come alive. 

And then from there, take those jumping points, right? To talk about time value of money. To talk about Roth IRAs, and 401k’s and HSAs. But we’ve got to often meet the learner where they are, and then take them on the journey towards the future as well. 

[00:42:24] FM: Yeah, absolutely, Tim. Yeah, because they’re going to be with you for many weeks on rotation, for 8 weeks. You don’t need to bludgeon them over the head day one. But just bring that into the conversation.

[00:42:36] TU: Yeah. Well, it’s great. And one of the ideas we’ve had for a while that has just hit the backburner, among other things, is coming up with a preceptor toolkit of sorts around this topic. I’ve taught a personal finance course at a couple universities that we can use as a jumping point. But if there’s any preceptors out there listening that would like to join me and put something together that we could perhaps share with others, I suspect that we all have different resources or tools that would be helpful, shoot us an email, [email protected]. And we’d love to get a small group together to talk about this further. 

Frank, thanks so much for taking time to come on the show to share your journey, the wisdom with the next generation of pharmacists. Really appreciate it. And your mindset towards paying it forward. Thank you so much.

[00:43:18] FM: Tim, thank you so much for having me. And I’m looking so forward to some people, pharmacists, viewing this and latching on to an idea. And your good hard work that you’re doing is just much needed in the profession. Hats off to you.

[00:43:32] TU: Thank you so much. I appreciate it. 

[OUTRO]

[00:43:34] TU: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. 

Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of your financial pharmacists unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the date publish. Such information may contain forward-looking statements are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacists.com/disclaimer. 

Thank you again for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacists podcast. Have a great rest of your week.

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 276: Why Giving, Philanthropy, and Serving Are Core Parts of This Pharmacist’s Financial Plan


Why Giving, Philanthropy, and Serving Are Core Parts of This Pharmacist’s Financial Plan

Sarah Adkins, PharmD, discusses how and why she started a non-profit pharmacy, why giving and philanthropy are a core piece of her financial plan, and how pharmacists can get involved using their expertise to help others.

About Today’s Guest

Sarah Adkins is a pharmacist and a native of Athens County, Ohio. Sarah attended Albany Elementary through the 8th grade. She moved with her family into the city of Athens and graduated from Athens High School in 1993. She attended the University of Toledo and graduated in 1998 with a Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy. She worked for Meijer Pharmacy in Northwest Ohio for two years after graduation. She then moved to Columbus, Ohio, and worked for Medco Health Solutions as a Customer Service Pharmacist, Managed Care Pharmacist, Supervisor of Physician Service Center, and then Knowledge Manager of Medication Therapy Management. She attended The Ohio State University College of Pharmacy (OSU COP) and completed her Doctor of Pharmacy in June of 2010. She moved back to her hometown of Athens, Ohio in 2011. She completed a PGY 1 residency in a collaborative agreement of clinical and academic practice with OSU COP and Ohio University Heritage College of Osteopathic Medicine (OUHCOM). After the residency, Dr. Adkins advanced her residency into a full-time shared position with OSU COP and OUHCOM where she has worked for the past 10 years. She precepts fourth-year Ohio State pharmacy students on rotations. She had the vision to build a non-profit pharmacy for the community in southeast Ohio. She now serves as the interim Executive Director of Rising Suns Pharmacy. She also spends clinic time with OhioHealth Family Practice residency clinic and partners with the Ohio University Heritage Community Clinic. She teaches pharmacy sciences at OUHCOM and Ohio University College of Health Sciences and Professions (CHSP). She is passionate and dedicated to her communities in Appalachia, Ohio, Southeast Ohio, and Athens.

Episode Summary

This week, YFP Co-Founder & CEO, Tim Ulbrich, PharmD, is joined by Sarah Adkins, PharmD. Sarah is a pharmacist with over 20 years of experience, including time spent in community practice, managed care, ambulatory care, and academia. Sarah shares the start of her vision of a non-profit pharmacy, her passion and dedication to providing healthcare services to communities in Appalachia, Ohio, Southeast Ohio, and Athens, and why giving is a core part of her financial plan.

In 2011, after spending time at the free clinic at Ohio University and touring the Charitable Pharmacy of central Ohio, Sarah set her sights on bringing a non-profit pharmacy to Southeast Ohio, where there is a great need. After spending years expanding existing services to the area and vying for buy-in from colleagues and vested parties, Sarah took the reigns and got started. In 2019, the board for Sarah’s non-profit pharmacy was formed, 501c3 status was attained, and with diligence, the non-profit pharmacy garnered $110,000 in grant funding for startup costs. In the Spring of 2022, Rising Suns Non-Profit Pharmacy officially launched and to date, has been able to fill over 400 prescriptions and over $130,000 in drug costs. Sarah shares how with competing interests for both her time and money, she makes giving a priority and how other pharmacists can do the same.

Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode

Episode Transcript

[INTRO]

[00:00:00] TU: Hey, everybody. Tim Ulbrich here, and thank you for listening to the YFP Podcast, where each week we strive to inspire and encourage you on your path towards achieving financial freedom. 

This week, I had the pleasure of sitting down with a friend and colleague, Sarah Adkins. In addition to being an incredible human being that has impacted so many, Sarah has over 20 years’ experience in the profession of pharmacy, including in community practice, managed care, ambulatory care, and academia. She currently works in a shared position between Ohio State University College of Pharmacy and Ohio University College of Osteopathic Medicine. 

She also spends clinic time with OhioHealth Family Practice Residency Clinic. 

In 2020, she realized the vision to build Rising Suns Pharmacy, a nonprofit pharmacy for the community in Southeast Ohio, where she serves as the Interim Executive Director. During the show, we talked about how and why she started a nonprofit pharmacy, the origins of her passion and dedication to provide health care services to communities in Appalachia, Ohio, Southeast Ohio, and Athens, why giving and philanthropy are a core part of her financial planning goals, and how other pharmacists can get involved in using their expertise to serve others.

Before we jump into the show, I recognize that many listeners may not be aware of what the team at YFP Planning does in working one-on-one with more than 250 households in 40-plus states. YFP Planning offers fee-only high-touch financial planning that is customized to the pharmacy professional. If you’re interested in learning more about how working one-on-one with a certified financial planner may help you achieve your financial goals, you can book a free discovery call by visiting yfpplanning.com. Whether or not YFP Planning’s financial planning services are a good fit for you, know that we appreciate your support of this podcast and our mission to help pharmacists achieve financial freedom. 

Okay, let’s jump into my interview with Sarah Adkins. 

[INTERVIEW]

[00:01:50] TU: Sarah, welcome to the show. 

[00:01:52] SA: Thanks, Tim. It’s good to see you. 

[00:01:54] TU: Well, I am so excited for this interview. We had a chance to reconnect a few weeks ago, but we have known each other for a while. I think we’ve crossed paths initially through the Ohio State Pharmacy and Residency circles and through the Ohio Pharmacy circles. So excited to be able to share a little bit about your career story, the work that you’ve done to start a nonprofit pharmacy, Rising Suns. 

Really, the theme of today’s episode is around giving and philanthropy and really just an incredible story of what you have done throughout your journey. So before we get into that, give our listeners some background on you. Where did you go to pharmacy school, and what really drew you into the profession of pharmacy to begin with?

[00:02:36] SA: Oh, that’s a great question. So I literally have wanted to be a pharmacist since I was in the second grade. I know it’s weird. That doesn’t happen all the time. I know. But my sister was ill. My sister had actually kidney failure as a young child, and I had allergies. So we went to the doctor a lot, and it’s funny because we used to go to the prescription shop in Athens, here in Athens, Ohio. When we would go in there, my mom would say, “You know what, Sarah? Pharmacy is a really good job for a woman. I think that’d be a great job for you. You like science. You like math. You can make good money. You can live independently if you needed to.” I was like, “All right.” So I was like, “Okay,” and that was like the second grade. So since the second grade, I have wanted to be a pharmacist. I ended up going to pharmacy school at the University of Toledo. 

[00:03:24] TU: Go Rocket. 

[00:03:25] SA: How about that? A lot of people forget that. Like they think I went to Ohio State. So I got my doctorate at Ohio State. But I did my undergrad at University of Toledo. Anyway, I went to UT and I graduated actually in ‘98. So even when I graduated at that time, I told my mom, I was like, “Meds are so expensive.” I was like, “People don’t have access to medications, and they’re so expensive.” This was in ‘98. This was a long time ago. I was like, “People are dying because it can’t get access to medicine. It’s only going to get worse.” 

So I would say it even started maybe at that time. Anyway, I graduated in University of Toledo. I graduated there in ‘98. I actually worked for Meijer Pharmacy. I floated in Northeast – Excuse me, Northwest Ohio, around the Toledo area for a couple of years. Then I ended up moving to Columbus. I actually at that time worked for Medco Health Solutions, which is now Express Scripts. I did work there for around 12 years. I worked my way up. 

During that time, I wanted something more clinical. So I went back to school, and I had an opportunity to get my nontraditional PharmD is what we called it. So I worked full-time, and I went and got my PharmD at Ohio State University. I graduated there with my doctorate in 2010. I wanted to teach and do something more clinical. So I needed to get my PharmD in order to make that happen. So that’s a little bit about me. I’m sure I’ve missed some things.

[00:04:48] TU: No, that’s great. I think that was one of the things I wanted to talk through for just another moment was that decision to go back and get your PharmD. I know there’s not many. I think there’s maybe just a couple out there now. The nontraditional PharmD programs at the time, Ohio State, had a distance-based program. 

But big decision, right? You’re 10-plus years in your career. You’ve had experiences in community practice. You’ve worked your way up in managed care. Then you make this decision to go back to pharmacy school, plus residency, at Ohio State. So primary motivation around that was really that desire to teach and needing that door to open. Tell us more about that.

[00:05:22] SA: So I got kind of tired of what I was doing, and I think everybody does. I think we all hit that point when you just need to change. So I had been with Medco for a while and was looking for something more clinical. I was like, “I just really need something more clinical.” So I actually started looking for jobs and realized that my RPh, my BS in pharmacy was not going to get me something more clinical. So I started looking around and I thought, “I don’t think I’m going to be eligible for work in the jobs that I want without my PharmD.” So I started looking around, okay, what would it take to get the PharmD. 

Actually, at the time, right, I think it was a good time then. Medco actually paid for 75% of my degree. 

[00:06:05] TU: Wow. 

[00:06:05] SA: So as I was – Yeah. It was kind of a no-brainer. I was like, “Okay, it’s going to be two to three years of nontraditional time, and I would get my PharmD at the end. It was only – I actually paid cash for it because I was working full-time and going to school, which when I was in my – I was in my early 30s, and I had a lot of energy then. I think I only got maybe like two to three hours of sleep at night. 

[00:06:31] TU: Oh, my goodness. 

[00:06:32] SA: I guess I was that dedicated. I would oftentimes fall asleep in my chair, listening to my classes. It was pretty funny. But, yeah, I wanted something more for my career, and I really loved teaching. I did a lot with the students and a lot of training and training a pharmacist when I worked at Medco and decided that teaching and something more clinical was definitely the way I wanted to go.

[00:06:53] TU: Those relationships at Ohio State, obviously, would continue to bear fruit to this day. I know you’re so well-admired among the faculty at Ohio State. Obviously, there’s been collaborations there that have happened since then. So tell us about that journey post residency and, ultimately, the doors that would open relate it to that passion around teaching and the work that you’ve been doing since then.

[00:07:15] SA: All right. So when I graduated from my PharmD, it was June of 2010, and I was struggling with what to do at that point, right? Do I stay with Medco? I’d actually talked to Maria Pruchnicki, who is faculty at Ohio State, and I said, “I still kind of want to teach. What should we do?” So she actually came up with this plan for me as, a pharmacist, as a practicing pharmacist, to be a teaching assistant at Ohio State. She’s like, “This is something I’ve wanted to try.” Like bring an actual pharmacist while they’re practicing. So that was the plan. 

So in fall of 2010, I was supposed to be a TA for her class, just to see how this would go, and that was in Columbus, Ohio. So around about that time, I had a tragedy happen in my life and determined that I was not going to stay in Columbus after this happened. So I left Columbus, and I remember I just graduated with my doctorate. My hometown is Athens. I grew up here. So I said to Ohio State and I said to – I adore Ohio State. They’ve taken really, really, really good care of me. The people, they’re amazing human beings. So I said to them, I said, “Hey, I have to go home. Like I cannot stay in Columbus. And if there is anything you would like me to do there, I am happy to do that.” 

I went to Ohio University because I knew people that worked at OU, and I said, “Hey, if there’s something you’d like me to do, I will do that. Otherwise, I’m going to dread my hair and become a barista and get some neck tattoos.” That was the other choice. So I don’t know if they didn’t want to see me with neck tattoos. I mean, I don’t know if that was what they were thinking about.

[00:08:59] TU: There’s still time, Sarah. There’s still time for your tattoos. 

[00:09:01] SA: I know. Believe me, Jim. You know it’s going to happen someday. You’re going to be like, “What happened to you?” And I’m like, “Yeah, time for the neck tattoos.” 

[00:09:08] TU: That’s right. 

[00:09:11] SA: Anyway, so actually, Ohio State and Ohio University College of Osteopathic Medicine had actually been discussing having a pharmacist there already. But they couldn’t find someone to work there with the money that they were going to pay because at the time, pharmacists were making quite a bit of money. To be honest with you, I didn’t care. I should be more concerned about money than I am. I don’t care about it that much. It’s not a good thing I don’t think. Over the years, I’m like, “Sarah, you really should care more about it.” But I was like, “I didn’t care.” Especially at that time, like I had been through a lot and I just – All I wanted to do is keep life simple and maybe just teach a little bit and not lose my PharmD or not lose like the clinical education I received. 

They worked it out, so I would have a part-time residency, and I would take students who were under rotation and expand practices in Southeast Ohio. If it worked, then we could talk about making it a full-time position. So it worked out great for both of us. Because if it didn’t work, they didn’t – It wasn’t something that they were all tied into. If it didn’t work for me, it wasn’t something I was tied into. So I ended up with a one-year residency program, a PGY1 in ambulatory care here in Southeast Ohio, where I worked at a free clinic that OU had, OUHCOM has, and was able to bring students down and started teaching classes at OUHCOM. So it actually worked out really well for everyone. I think it was sort of just meant to be, if I can say that.

[00:10:40] TU: For our listeners that are not in the great state of Ohio, just some more context, we have seven colleges of pharmacy here in the state of Ohio. There really is and has been a gap around a pharmacist presence, as well as opportunities for healthcare needs in Southeast Ohio. So OU College of Medicine, Osteopathic College of Medicine, doesn’t have a pharmacy, a PharmD program. So there’s just a really good natural alignment there in terms of Ohio State being able to expand its mission and its work. There wasn’t a competing college in the area. There’s a need for health care and a pharmacist services and presence in that area. 

I think it was a really cool alignment of some mentors that you had through your journey at Ohio State, obviously, your passion for the work that you’re doing, and also just asking the question, right? So, hey, I’m going back home. I’m going to Southeast Ohio. Like if there’s an opportunity that we can collaborate on something, great. If not, that’s okay. But asking that question and seeing those doors open. Obviously, the impact that has been since then is a really cool story. All of the students, probably hundreds, right, if not thousands of students who precepted at this point medical pharmacy, that have been to be able to be impacted by this. 

So 2011, you make the move back to Athens, and you have this idea. You have this vision to start a nonprofit pharmacy. We’re going to talk about that journey and really 10 years from idea to doors opening. But tell us more about the vision and why that came to be that you really saw this opportunity to open a nonprofit pharmacy in Southeast Ohio.

[00:12:15] SA: When I came down and was able to work at this free clinic that OU had started, I thought it was fantastic. So they had actually been operating this free clinic out of OU, out of the College of Medicine here at OU since like the late ‘80s. It actually had been going on for a long time, and I actually had not known about it. So when I came back and had this opportunity to work here, they had a mobile unit, so they could actually go out into the community. They had a really amazing program, and I hadn’t been here a week, seriously, like a week. I was like, “Okay. So you have this great program, but you don’t have access to medications.” 

These patients would be eligible to come in and see the provider at no charge. Oftentimes, they would be able to get their lab work done either at reduced or no cost, depending on like the income that they brought in. They could even get hospitalizations or something done at the hospital if they needed to at low to no cost. But they had no access to meds. At the time, the clinic was actually contracting with a local pharmacy, which was good for the local pharmacy too. 

But it was really the cost that the free clinic was paying for medications was pretty giant, and they still didn’t have access to a lot of brand name medications, a lot of newer meds. Most of the meds they were giving were on like the four-dollar list at the local pharmacies. Or they would sometimes purchase like vitamins and over-the-counter products they actually give to the patients. So it was just a huge gap, and I knew that when I had come here. 

Shortly before I moved back to Athens, I had a tour of the Charitable Pharmacy in Columbus, which I didn’t realize at the time they had just opened. So that was just a few years before I moved to Athens, a couple years, actually, a year before I moved to Athens. Anyway, I had that tour at the Charitable Pharmacy. Then when I came to Athens, I was like, “Oh, my goodness. We need a Charitable Pharmacy.” That’s the bottom line. We need a pharmacy here to offer meds at no cost to the patients of the area because we had people who were working and weren’t offered insurance. Or their insurance costs were so high that they could not pay for medications on top of the insurance costs. 

I also find it pretty frustrating that the patients who don’t have money don’t have access to the most clinically relevant medications at the time. I watch commercials, and I see commercials for Jardiance and all these great medications. I think, well, that’s really great for the people who can afford it. So I have a real problem with that of people not having access to the meds that are clinically the most relevant and the most helpful for them. I saw that gap in care and I thought, “Oh, the Charitable Pharmacy, we need one of those here.” 

So it truly started probably in 2011. About the summer of 2011 is when I started looking for how do I do this. Like what are our next steps to getting a free pharmacy in Southeast Ohio? So that’s where it started.

[00:15:18] TU: So one of the things I always like to ask folks that have started something, that could be a business, for-profit, nonprofit, is it’s one thing to have a bold vision. It’s a huge step. It’s another thing to actually take action and take that first step without getting paralyzed by all of the things that can happen between idea. I want to open a nonprofit pharmacy to actually being able to dispense that first medication, right? Probably arguably more complex and most ideas folks have when you think about the landscape of nonprofits, when you add on top of that, some of the regulatory aspects of obviously dispensing medications and pharmacy and funding and all these things. 

That first step I want to focus on because that’s the piece where often I think folks get hung up on is I’ve got this vision. I’m passionate. I’m excited about it. I can see potentially that first person walking in the door. We’re making a difference in the community. Oh, my gosh. There’s a lot that needs to happen between now and then. So tell us about that first few months or years, as you think about the things that needed to happen and how you were able to get momentum and take those first few steps forward.

[00:16:23] SA: You and I had talked about this prior. But when I started, when I saw that, that we needed that in 2011, I reached out to a lot of people that I knew or thought may be able to assist or when to expand or connect with Southeast Ohio. So I reached out to a lot of people over that period of time. From around 2011 to around 2019, I connected with a lot of people, trying to not recreate the wheel but expand other services to Southeast Ohio region. 

I wasn’t necessarily told no directly. But I was not – It wasn’t something that they saw in their vision as what I was told from several people. Either that or I would just be ignored, which I’m going to say that I think I knew that it was such a need down here. I guess I expected more, and so I got really frustrated. I’m going to tell you, I think the first step was me saying, “You know what? I’m finished with this. I’m going to do it myself. If no one’s going to help me –” Kind of like a child, I guess, you would say. Like, “If you’re not going to help me, I’ll just do it myself.” 

Which I think that a lot of people, even in Southeast Ohio, who I had been working with at the time, I had worked a lot with the Athens Foundation. I want to say that they have been incredibly supportive of me and my journey. Anyway, they were kind of the first step for me, and I had worked with a woman named Susan Urano from the Athens Foundation, who I think she thought I was a little bit crazy, but yet wanted to watch what it looked like. So she had been incredibly supportive of me getting started. 

The moment I said, “You know what? I’m finished. I’m going to do this myself,” I had several providers in the area who were also motivated to make this change. One of my closest allies in this has been a physician named Marc Richards, has been incredibly supportive on this. He saw the vision with me, so he was really helpful. So I think it was finding that small group of people who would also carry that torch with me, and we formed a board. 

So the first thing we did was form a board in fall of 2019. That is sort of where we started. It consisted of physicians. It consisted of a professor I had worked with at the College of Chemistry, who was – He worked in the pre-pharmacy program here. So Ohio University actually has a pre-pharmacy degree that they can get who we’ve partnered with Ohio State over the last several years. We’ve had a lot of people graduate from both OU and then go to the College of Pharmacy at OSU.

But he sat on the board. I had a nurse practitioner on the board from the free clinic and some local people on the board. So we just started. We just literally all got together, sat down, and we just started. We had a lawyer, a wonderful lawyer. He’s been fantastic, Ryan Law Offices, and he’s been phenomenal. So anyway, I think it was just starting with kind of a handful of people.

[00:19:18] TU: I think that the two things to take away from there are a vision that obviously, number one, resonates. But you’re also – I think that naive optimism is a good thing when you’re getting – I literally do. I tell it – My wife and I talk about this all the time. Like if there is not some level of like naive, bordering, reckless optimism, like we’re probably not going to persist through, right? 

I mean, again, 2011, you have the idea. 2019, you formed the board. It’s an eight-year stretch of time, right? It’s incredible to be able to then get to 2021. We’ll talk about that, 2022, where you’re actually able to obviously operate and have an impact in the community. So the board in 2019, and so I sense a compelling vision there. Then obviously, the second piece I was going to mention is that you’ve got people that join you in that vision. So I think that’s an incredible aspect of a leader is, number one, can we cast a vision? Number two, can we get other people involved and excited and on fire about that vision as well?

For those that are thinking about that, “Hey, I’d love to start a foundation or nonprofit,” anyone who Googles start a 501(c)(3), it’s – You’re about to webpages, and you’re like, “Maybe this isn’t for me, right?” That board, I suspect, was an essential step in the nonprofit status. Is that correct? 

[00:20:36] SA: Right, absolutely. So we had to have that to get our status. Yes. To file the papers.

[00:20:41] TU: So you’re navigating. It sounds like with an attorney’s effort, you were able to navigate through that 501(c)(3) status for the pharmacy yourself. 

[00:20:48] SA: Yes. Yup. So we had help with the law office. Yeah. Everyone signed the board. Everyone signed the paperwork. We had – One of the people on the board actually donated. I think it was $250 to submit that 501(c)(3).

[00:21:02] TU: Okay. So take us from that moment. 2019, you have the board, and then you eventually would have a full launch in 2022. But obviously, you mentioned to me before we recorded that you had a soft launch to your prior. Of course, there’s the pandemic through all of this as well. So tell me about actually getting to that point of we’re opening for business and then, ultimately, what the service looks like in terms of hours of operation and what we’re offering. Then we can talk about the future going forward.

[00:21:31] SA: Okay. That sounds good. So 2019, we got the board formed. Once we had the board, we also realized – So with the State Board of Pharmacy, Tim, you had mentioned earlier, there’s a lot of regulatory issues. Even just starting a pharmacy, there’s quite a few checkboxes that you have to fill in before you can move forward, which is fine. It’s just part of pharmacy and part of the world we live in. It’s fine. 

So the way we’d had the outlook with the board and myself, we looked at it like we’re going to take one step. The only thing that kept going through my head this entire time is the journey of 1,000 miles begins with a single step. The journey of 1,000 miles begins with that single step. I had to say that over and over and over again to myself. Every time we take two steps forward, we would have one step back and two steps forward and one step back. 

I will say that I also feel that there are funders in and around the state of Ohio who also saw the need for this. So once we got the 501(c)(3) status, we had to have that first, right? The second thing we had to have was an address. We couldn’t do anything without having an address, right? I said, “Okay. Well, then we need funding for rentable space. We have to be able to get a space. And what does that look like? And how much money do we have? And how do we get a rental space if we don’t have any money?” 

When we talked earlier, I was thinking about people asking if they should do a nonprofit, and I would say don’t do it. I’m just kidding. I really am kidding. It’s truly taken a piece of my soul to work on this, and I keep waiting for that moment when it’s going to fly, right? When it’s going to like leave the nest and take off. 

[00:23:04] TU: It’s coming. It’s coming. 

[00:23:05] SA: I’m hoping, fingers crossed, fingers crossed. So anyway, I actually think the interesting thing with COVID is I actually think that we got a lot of grants because of COVID. I think it was actually a benefit to us, which you can say that, right? COVID was a benefit. But I actually believe we got quite a few grant opportunities because of COVID, and we actually received funding from the state of Ohio, from the Charitable Healthcare Network in the state of Ohio who does indigent funding. They gave us a nice amount of money that we could at least start to rent a space. 

So we actually – Within the first year with a lot of effort from myself and a couple of the board members, we ended up getting around $110,000 in grant funding for startup costs. It was a lot of time and effort put into writing those grants and knowing who to contact and where to go. I mean, it literally took a year just for us to get the grant and the startup funding. 

Then another year, as we purchased our equipment and software and computers and phone lines and Internet, and we had to have the state board come in and inspect, and then we had to – Once we got our pharmacist license approved, then we had to order medications and contact those people and make sure we had our terminal distributors set up and make sure they had their terminal distributors set up, right? Yeah. It was a long, long process. 

We actually started dispensing in June of 2021 as a soft opening. I had been working with one of the – OhioHealth has also been an incredible partner for us. But I was working with the Ohio Health Clinic, and we sort of did a soft opening with them, just to make sure that we were able to fill prescriptions. We’re making sure our software worked, and people could get to us, and that our printer worked, and our labels worked, and all of our clinical information worked, and we were able to get drugs. It was kind of a long process. 

Then we did have a final – We were able to hire a pharmacist with a grant that we received. We hired her part-time, and I’m going to say bless her heart because she literally is working for us for not a whole lot of money for as much as pharmacists get paid, and she is one dedicated, amazing human being. Kendra Donnelly is working for us, and she actually is also from Southeast Ohio. She’s an amazing human, and she literally took a step out to come and work for us. So I appreciate her a lot. She started in November. With her help, we were able to do a grand opening April of 2022. 

So our hours right now are kind of wishy-washy. Actually, I’m still working another full-time job. I’m still teaching. I still do ambulatory care practice with OhioHealth. So I tried to come in a day and a half a week. Kendra fills in the blanks with the other ones, but we share her with Kroger Pharmacy. To date, though, we have dispensed over 400 prescriptions, and we have dispensed over $130,000 in drug costs. So we have done it. We are here. We are here. I said it’s miraculous and yet terrifying. I said I’m terrified, terrified, and yet incredibly excited. 

[00:26:02] TU: One, it’s incredible to hear the implementation, right? We talked about the journey from idea to doors opening, and now we’re obviously starting to talk about the fruit of the medications that have been dispensed, the value of that. To me, as I hear this, and maybe you don’t feel this in the moment, but as I hear it from an outsider, it feels like the iceberg under the water work has been largely done. Now, there’s really an opportunity to scale and to have the impact that your vision has had because of all the work that’s been done over the last 10 years. 

Grants are great, but they take a lot of time and effort, which is why we need Joe Burrow to step up and write –

[00:26:41] SA: Yes. Come on, Joe. 

[00:26:43] TU: Come on, Joe. We need that check. Let’s do this. 

[00:26:45] SA: One cool mill. A cool mill, Joey. Come on buddy. 

[00:26:47] TU: That’s all we’re asking for. Yeah. It’s that gold necklace, right? That’s all we need. 

[00:26:51] SA: That’s right. That’s right. 

[00:26:53] TU: When we talked a few weeks ago, I really sense that giving. Obviously, our listeners are going to get that feel just from this interview. I sense that giving both time and money is a really key part of your financial planning goals. I recall you saying something along the lines of, “I don’t want to just die with a million dollars sitting in the bank.” You mentioned a little while ago that maybe I should have been better about money. But you’ve done your diligence. 

We often talk on this podcast, that there’s a balance between, sure, we need to think about the future. We’ve got to save for that future life and retirement. But we also need to make sure we’re living a rich life along the way. One aspect of that is making sure that we’re intentional when it comes to the giving part of the plan. So tell us more about why you have prioritized giving as a part of the financial plan and how you’ve been able to execute on this when there are lots of competing priorities for both your time and your money.

[00:27:46] SA: That is a great question. I actually – When I even opened and we had started talking, I didn’t give a whole lot of information about my family. But I’m going to say that my parents – I was raised in the church. I think regardless of the spiritual realm in which you’re raised, a lot of my upbringing was about giving and making sure that those who were not as fortunate – That I gave to those people who were not as fortunate. I was taught that, I mean, since a young age. 

I think that, for me, that is – I don’t have a lot of money in my – I never have needed that or wanted that. But I have time. Do I have time? That’s the question. 

[00:28:30] TU: That is the question. 

[00:28:31] SA: I think I don’t have time. But I definitely give wholeheartedly of my time is what I give. So I have given. It makes me feel good, truly. And when I’m at the free pharmacy, it is a lot like community, pharmacy, right? It’s a lot. You’re on your feet. You’re taking phone calls. You’re answering questions. You’re trying to figure out cost of medications, spending a lot of time on the phone, asking patients about their insurance coverage or why are you not eligible and how much is your copay for this? 

I have a couple people – Just because it’s come to my head, I have a woman who has an $8,000 deductible on her plan, $8,000. That always comes to my head about people with their deductibles. So why giving? Because I can. Because I can. I’m bright. I have a good job. I have a lot of support from my family and my community. I can and I’m able, so why not? It makes me feel good. I feel like I’ve done something to make myself proud and to make my community proud and my family proud.

[00:29:36] TU: I love that. Because I can, you talked about the time and, obviously, it makes me feel good. There’s a book I read a couple years ago called Happy Money by Elizabeth Dunn, the science of happier spending. It’s a really cool read into – We always talk about the connection between happiness and money and ultimately what really matters. What they conclude through their research is it really comes down to giving and experiences. Those are really the two main things. 

I think when we’re talking about this journey, it’s really both of those together, right? It’s the experience of what you’ve built and the impact that it’s going to have and the legacy of that. But also, obviously, the fulfilling aspect of being able to give your time and money as well. You joked about do I really have time, and I think that’s a real thing. I would really encourage our listeners, like Sarah has been at this for a long time. So for this to really grow and scale and have the impact, we need people to step up and be able to give some financial health to see the pharmacy continue to thrive. 

I would love for individuals to check out the website, risingsunspharmacy.org. We’ll link to that in the show notes. Again, risingsunspharmacy.org. You can see some information on there to get involved, to give, and we would love to get the community involved in that.

Sarah, this has been awesome. I’m looking forward to coming down next week and checking out the pharmacy myself. So thank you so much for taking the time to come on the show and to talk about this journey. I really appreciate it.

[00:31:07] SA: Thank you, Tim, for letting me share. It’s been quite the journey, so it’s good to share it. I appreciate you.

[00:31:12] TU: Thank you, Sara. 

[END OF INTERVIEW]

[00:31:13] TU: As we conclude this week’s podcast, an important reminder that the content on this show is provided to you for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide and should not be relied on for investment or any other advice. Information in the podcast and corresponding materials should not be construed as a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any investment or related financial products. We urge listeners to consult with a financial advisor with respect to any investment. 

Furthermore, the information contained in our archived newsletters, blog posts, and podcasts is not updated and may not be accurate at the time you listen to it on the podcast. Opinions and analyses expressed herein are solely those of Your Financial Pharmacist, unless otherwise noted, and constitute judgments as of the dates published. Such information may contain forward-looking statements that are not intended to be guarantees of future events. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. For more information, please visit yourfinancialpharmacist.com/disclaimer. 

Thank you, again, for your support of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast. Have a great rest of your week. 

[END]

Current Student Loan Refinance Offers

Advertising Disclosure

Note: Referral fees from affiliate links in this table are sent to the non-profit YFP Gives. 

Read the full advertising disclosure here.

Bonus

Starting Rates

About

YFP Gives accepts advertising compensation from companies that appear on this site, which impacts the location and order in which brands (and/or their products) are presented, and also impacts the score that is assigned to it. Company lists on this page DO NOT imply endorsement. We do not feature all providers on the market.

$750*

Loans

≥150K = $750* 

≥50K-150k = $300


Fixed: 4.89%+ APR (with autopay)

A marketplace that compares multiple lenders that are credit unions and local banks

$500*

Loans

≥50K = $500

Variable: 4.99%+ (with autopay)*

Fixed: 4.96%+ (with autopay)**

 Read rates and terms at SplashFinancial.com

Splash is a marketplace with loans available from an exclusive network of credit unions and banks as well as U-Fi, Laurenl Road, and PenFed

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]